diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'source/nn/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po')
| -rw-r--r-- | source/nn/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po | 14464 |
1 files changed, 14464 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/source/nn/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po b/source/nn/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..50ee41c925e --- /dev/null +++ b/source/nn/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po @@ -0,0 +1,14464 @@ +#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.oo +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://qa.openoffice.org/issues/enter_bug.cgi?comment=&component=l10n&form_name=enter_issue&short_desc=Localization+issue+in+file%3A+helpcontent2%2Fsource%2Ftext%2Fswriter%2F01.oo&subcomponent=ui\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-06-26 09:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-11 17:54+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Anonymous Pootle User\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"Language: nn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Translate Toolkit 1.9.0\n" +"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Greeting Line" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Create a Salutation</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text +msgid "Specify the properties for the salutation. If the mail merge database contains gender information, you can specify different salutations based on the gender of the recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text +msgid "This document should contain a salutation" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a salutation.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Legg til ei helsing.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text" +msgid "Insert personalized salutation" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Legg til ei personleg helsing i brevflettingsdokumentet. Fjern krysset frå denne boksen om du vil bruka standardhelsinga.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text" +msgid "Female" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opnar dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Tilpassa helsing</link> (kvinnelege mottakarar).</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text" +msgid "Male" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1058B.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opnar dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Tilpassa helsing</link> (mannlege mottakarar).</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text" +msgid "Field name" +msgstr "Filnamn" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A3.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A3.help.text" +msgid "Field value" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A7.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A7.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AA.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AA.help.text" +msgid "General salutation" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AE.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel standardhelsinga som skal brukast når du ikkje oppgir noka personleg helsing.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text" +msgid "Preview" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the salutation.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Førehandsvis helsinga.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B8.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B8.help.text" +msgid "Match fields" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105BC.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105BC.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opnar dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">Vel adresseblokk</link>.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105CD.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105CD.help.text" +msgid "(Browse buttons)" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D1.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D1.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D4.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout\">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Insert Section" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020000.xhp#hd_id3154108.1.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"bereicheinfuegen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Section\">Insert Section</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3154480.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"bereich\"><ahelp hid=\"FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION\">Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"bereich\"><ahelp hid=\"FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION\">Set inn ein tekstbolk ved skrivemerket i dokumentet. Du kan også velja ei tekstblokk og velja denne kommandoen for å laga ein bolk.Du kan nytta bolkar til å setja inn tekstblokker frå andre dokument, eller leggja til eigendefinerte spalteoppsett. Det er også mogleg å verne eller gøyme tekstblokker om eit vilkår er fylt.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3152955.3.help.text +msgid "You can insert an entire document in a section, or a named section from another. You can also insert a section as a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3149684.5.help.text +msgid "To edit a section, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3155183.6.help.text +msgid "The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialog contains the following tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020000.xhp#hd_id3151257.7.help.text +msgctxt "04020000.xhp#hd_id3151257.7.help.text" +msgid "Insert" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3149102.8.help.text +msgid "Inserts the section that you defined at the current cursor position in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 05080000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05080000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Object" +msgstr "" + +#: 05080000.xhp#hd_id3150536.1.help.text +msgctxt "05080000.xhp#hd_id3150536.1.help.text" +msgid "Object" +msgstr "" + +#: 05080000.xhp#par_id3149352.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"objekttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameDialog\">Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.</ahelp>. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05080000.xhp#hd_id3145249.61.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05080000.xhp#hd_id3145249.61.help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05120000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05120000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Column" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3154762.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp\" name=\"Column\">Column</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05120000.xhp#par_id3149052.2.help.text +msgid "Set the width of columns, or select, insert, and delete columns." +msgstr "" + +#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3146322.4.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp\" name=\"Width...\">Width...</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3154558.6.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal width\">Optimal width</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3150564.5.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05120000.xhp#hd_id3150564.5.help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"Insert...\">Insert...</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05090200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05090200.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3150756.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"Columns\">Columns</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3149294.2.help.text +msgid "Specify the column width properties." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3147510.3.help.text +msgid "Adapt table width" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3154280.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_MOD_TBL\">Maintains the current width of the table when you change the width of a column.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_MOD_TBL\">Held på breidda i tabellen når du endrer breidda på kolonnen.</ahelp> Dette alternativet er ikkje tilgjengeleg når <emph>Automatisk</emph> er valt under <emph>Justering</emph> på fana <emph>Tabell</emph>." + +#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3145587.5.help.text +msgid "Adjust columns proportionally" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3153530.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_PROP\">Resizes the table width in relation to the column width that you enter.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_PROP\">Justerer tabellbreidda i høve til kolonnebreidda du vel.</ahelp> Dette alternativet er ikkje tilgjengeleg når <emph>Automatisk</emph> er valt under <emph>Justering</emph> på fana <emph>Tabell</emph>." + +#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3150349.7.help.text +msgid "Remaining space" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3154571.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:ED_SPACE\">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:ED_SPACE\">Viser kor mykje mellomrom du kan bruka til å justera breidda på kolonnane. Trykk på <emph>Tabell</emph>-fana for å velja breidda på tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3154476.9.help.text +msgid "Column width" +msgstr "Kolonnebreidd" + +#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3150976.10.help.text +msgid "Specify the column widths for the table." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3155899.11.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Column widths" +msgstr "Kolonnebreidd" + +#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3159193.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_MF_6\">Enter the width that you want for the column.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_MF_6\">Vel kor brei kolonnen skal vera.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3155182.13.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05090200.xhp#hd_id3155182.13.help.text" +msgid "Left Arrow" +msgstr "Pil venstre" + +#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3149494.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_DOWN\">Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_DOWN\">Viser tabellkolonnane som er funne til venstre for denne kolonnen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3149814.15.help.text +msgctxt "05090200.xhp#hd_id3149814.15.help.text" +msgid "Right Arrow" +msgstr "Pil høgre" + +#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3149099.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_UP\">Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_UP\">Viser tabellkolonnane som er funne til høgre for denne kolonnen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05130000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Styles in Writer" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#bm_id4005249.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>styles;categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>character styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraph styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering;style categories</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3150344.1.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#hd_id3150344.1.help.text" +msgid "Styles in Writer" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149052.2.help.text +msgid "The following information concerns Writer styles that you can apply using the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\">Styles and Formatting</link> window." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150015.62.help.text +msgid "If you want, you can edit the styles of the current document, and then save the document as a template. To save the document as template, choose <emph>File - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"Templates - Save\"><emph>Templates - Save</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3150572.4.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#hd_id3150572.4.help.text" +msgid "Style Category" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153721.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:LISTBOX:RID_STYLECATALOG:BT_TOOL\">These are the different categories of formatting styles.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:LISTBOX:RID_STYLECATALOG:BT_TOOL\">Dette er ulike kategoriar av formateringsstilar.</ahelp>" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151271.65.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3151271.65.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153154.66.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3153154.66.help.text" +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151172.6.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Character Styles " +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147512.7.help.text +msgid "Use Character Styles to format single characters, or entire words and phrases. If you want, you can nest Character Styles." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150713.8.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Paragraph Styles " +msgstr "Avsnittsstil" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149810.9.help.text +msgid "Use Paragraph Styles to format paragraphs, including the font type and size. You can also select the paragraph style to apply to the next paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151308.10.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3151308.10.help.text" +msgid "Frame Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147527.11.help.text +msgid "Use Frame Styles to format text and graphic frames." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3152960.12.help.text +msgid "Page Styles " +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155897.13.help.text +msgid "Use Page Styles to organize the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154196.63.help.text +msgid "Numbering Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149298.64.help.text +msgid "Use Numbering Styles to format numbered or bulleted lists." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3149821.61.help.text +msgid "Style Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154828.18.help.text +msgid "These are the style groups that you can display in the Styles and Formatting window." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3148977.67.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3148977.67.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149032.68.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3149032.68.help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153642.19.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3153642.19.help.text" +msgid "Automatic" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3152769.20.help.text +msgid "Displays styles appropriate to the current context." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154374.21.help.text +msgid "All Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153351.22.help.text +msgid "Displays all styles of the active style category." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150590.23.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3150590.23.help.text" +msgid "Applied Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149168.24.help.text +msgid "Displays the styles (of selected category) applied in the current document. " +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3156368.25.help.text +msgid "Custom Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3145780.26.help.text +msgid "Displays all user-defined styles in the selected style category." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155908.27.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3155908.27.help.text" +msgid "Character Styles" +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150114.28.help.text +msgid "Displays formatting styles for text." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150700.29.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Chapter Styles" +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147412.30.help.text +msgid "Displays formatting styles for headings." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147500.31.help.text +msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3147500.31.help.text" +msgid "List Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149568.32.help.text +msgid "Displays formatting styles for numbered or bulleted lists." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3145263.33.help.text +msgid "Index Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155975.34.help.text +msgid "Displays formatting styles for indexes." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149213.35.help.text +msgid "Special Region Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147736.36.help.text +msgid "Displays formatting styles for headers, footers, footnotes, endnotes, tables, and captions." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3146339.59.help.text +msgid "HTML Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149845.60.help.text +msgid "Displays a list of styles for HTML documents." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155560.37.help.text +msgid "Conditional Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154774.38.help.text +msgid "Displays the user-defined conditional styles." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151090.39.help.text +msgid "Hierarchical" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3148448.40.help.text +msgid "Displays the styles in the selected category in a hierarchical list. To view the styles in a sublevel, click on the plus sign (+) next to the sublevel name." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3155580.56.help.text +msgid "Template Management" +msgstr "Organisera malar" + +#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3145622.57.help.text +msgid "Use the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Template Management\"><emph>Template Management</emph></link> dialog to copy styles from one document to another." +msgstr "" + +#: 06990000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Update" +msgstr "Oppdater" + +#: 06990000.xhp#bm_id3154704.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>updating; text documents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>oppdatera; tekstdokument</bookmark_value>" + +#: 06990000.xhp#hd_id3154704.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp\" name=\"Update\">Update</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 06990000.xhp#par_id3149501.2.help.text +msgid "Updates items in the current document that have dynamic contents, so as fields and indexes." +msgstr "" + +#: 04060000.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04060000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Caption" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3147173.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Caption\">Caption</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Caption\">Bilettekst</link>" + +#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149288.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"beschrifttext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CAPTION\">Adds a numbered caption to a selected graphic, table, frame, text frame, or drawing object.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking the item that you want to add the caption to. </variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"beschrifttext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CAPTION\">Legg til ein nummerert bilettekst til eit valt bilete, tabell, ramme, tekstramme eller teikning.</ahelp> Du finn òg denne kommandoen ved å høgreklikka på det elementet du vil leggja teksten til.</variable>" + +#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3154098.3.help.text +msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3154098.3.help.text" +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149804.4.help.text +msgid "Set the caption options for the current selection." +msgstr "" + +#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3153533.5.help.text +msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3153533.5.help.text" +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3154574.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_CATEGORY\">Select the caption category, or type a name to create a new category. The category text appears before the caption number in the caption label. Each predefined caption category is formatted with a paragraph style of the same name. </ahelp> For example, the \"Illustration\" caption category is formatted with the \"Illustration\" paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.7.help.text +msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.7.help.text" +msgid "Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3152962.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_FORMAT\">Select the type of numbering that you want to use in the caption.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_FORMAT\">Vel kva nummereringstype du vil bruka i biletteksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3155893.9.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3155893.9.help.text" +msgid "Caption" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149688.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CAPTION:EDT_TEXT\">Type the text that you want to appear after the caption number.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN1068A.help.text +msgctxt "04060000.xhp#par_idN1068A.help.text" +msgid "Separator" +msgstr "" + +#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN10690.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter optional text characters to appear between the number and the caption text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Her skriv du inn tekst som du vil visa mellom talet og biletteksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3154199.11.help.text +msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3154199.11.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149486.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_POS\">Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_POS\">Legg til biletteksten ovanfor eller nedanfor del valde elementet. Dette alternativet kan berre veljast for enkelte objekt.</ahelp>" + +#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3149043.29.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp\" name=\"Options\">Options</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN10744.help.text +msgid "AutoCaption" +msgstr "Automatisk bilettekst" + +#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN1074A.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print & Send" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1054C.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print or Send</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text +msgid "Specifies the output options for mail merge documents." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text +msgid "The appearance of this page depends on the option that you select. After you specify the settings, click <emph>Finish</emph> to exit the wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10578.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10578.help.text" +msgid "Save starting document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057C.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the starting document that contains the database fields.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lagra startdokumentet som inneheld databasefelta.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text" +msgid "Save starting document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10583.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lagra dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10586.help.text +msgid "Save merged document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1058A.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lagra dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1058D.help.text +msgid "Save as single document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10591.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document as a single file.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lagra det fletta dokumentet som ei enkelt fil.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10594.help.text +msgid "Save as individual documents" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10598.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lagra det fletta dokumentet som ei eiga fil for kvar mottakar. Dokumentfilene får namn ut frå det namnet du skriv inn, følgd av ein understrek og nummeret til dataposten.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059B.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059B.help.text" +msgid "From" +msgstr "Frå" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059F.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box. </ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel ei rekkje datapostar frå postnummeret i <emph>Frå</emph>-feltet opp til postnummeret i <emph>Til</emph>-feltet.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text" +msgid "From" +msgstr "Frå" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106E1.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv inn nummeret på den første posten som skal takast med i brevflettinga.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A2.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A2.help.text" +msgid "To" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv inn nummeret på den siste posten som skal takast med i brevflettinga.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A9.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Save Documents" +msgstr "Opna dokument" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105AD.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the documents.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lagra dokumenta.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B0.help.text +msgid "Print merged document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints the output for all or some recipients.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv ut for alle eller nokon mottakarar.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B7.help.text" +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Skriver" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BB.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the printer.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel skrivar.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BE.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BE.help.text" +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Changes the printer properties.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Endra skrivaroppsettet.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C5.help.text +msgid "Print all documents" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints documents for all recipients.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv ut dokumenta for alle mottakarane.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105DA.help.text +msgid "Print Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105DE.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints the mail merge documents.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv ut brevflettingsdokumenta.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E1.help.text +msgid "Send merged document as e-mail" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sends the output as e-mail messages to all recipients.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Send dokumentet på e-post til alle mottakarane.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E8.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E8.help.text" +msgid "To" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105EC.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the database field that contains the e-mail address of the recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel kva databasefelt som inneheld e-postadressa til mottakaren.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105EF.help.text +msgid "Copy to" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105F3.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp\">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp\">Kopi til</link>, der du kan velja éi eller fleire kopi- og blindkopiadresser.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10600.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10600.help.text" +msgid "Subject" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10604.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the subject line for the e-mail messages.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv inn emnelinja til e-postmeldingane.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10607.help.text +msgid "Send as" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1060B.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the mail format for the e-mail messages.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel format på e-postmeldingane.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1060E.help.text +msgid "The Plain text and HTML message formats are sent in the body of the message, whereas the *.odt, *.doc, and *.pdf formats are sent as attachments." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10611.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10611.help.text" +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10615.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">E-Mail Message</link> dialog where you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">E-postmelding</link>, der du kan skriva inn e-postmeldinga til brevflettingsfilene som vert sende som vedlegg.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10626.help.text +msgid "Name of the attachment" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1062A.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Shows the name of the attachment.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vis namnet på vedlegget.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1062D.help.text +msgid "Send all documents" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10631.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select to send e-mails to all recipients.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Send e-post til alle mottakarane.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10642.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Send Documents" +msgstr "Opna dokument" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10646.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click to start sending e-mails.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Trykk her for å starta å senda e-post.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10649.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard\">Mail Merge Wizard</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06220000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "All Charts" +msgstr "" + +#: 06220000.xhp#hd_id3155959.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp\" name=\"All Charts\">All Charts</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Førehandsvis sida</link>" + +#: 06220000.xhp#par_id3150344.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCharts\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the charts in the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCharts\" visibility=\"visible\">Oppdater diagramma i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 04220000.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04220000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Header" +msgstr "Topptekst" + +#: 04220000.xhp#hd_id3146320.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp\" name=\"Header\">Header</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3145827.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageHeader\">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04220000.xhp#par_id2326425.help.text +msgid "The headers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Print Layout</emph>)." +msgstr "" + +#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3150570.3.help.text +msgid "A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers." +msgstr "" + +#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3153921.4.help.text +msgid "To remove a header, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style containing the header. The header is removed from all of the pages that use this page style." +msgstr "" + +#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3150761.5.help.text +msgid "To add or remove headers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header - All</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3156410.6.help.text +msgid "To format a header, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Header\"><emph>Format - Page - Header</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Functions" +msgstr "Funksjonar" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3149123.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Functions\">Functions</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150343.45.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCVALUE\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCVALUE\" visibility=\"hidden\">Oppgi fleire funksjonsparametrar for felt. Parametertypen er avhengig av kva felttype du vel.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3151242.2.help.text +msgid "Depending on the field type that you select, you can assign conditions to certain functions. For example, you can define a field that executes a macro when you click the field in the document, or a condition that, when met, hides a field. You can also define placeholder fields that insert graphics, tables, frames and other objects into your document when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352037.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352037.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150537.3.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3150537.3.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155623.4.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3155623.4.help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3152999.5.help.text +msgid "Conditional text" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149881.6.help.text +msgid "Inserts text if a certain <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link> is met. For example, enter \"sun eq 1\" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable \"sun\" equals \"1\" in the <emph>Then </emph>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable \"sun\", click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select \"Set variable\", type \"sun\" in the<emph> Name</emph> box, and its value in the<emph> Value</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153719.47.help.text +msgid "Input list" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147564.48.help.text +msgid "Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Choose Item\"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153146.7.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3153146.7.help.text" +msgid "Input field" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149287.8.help.text +msgid "Inserts a text field that you can open by <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"clicking\">clicking</link> it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154691.9.help.text +msgid "Execute macro" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147515.10.help.text +msgid "Inserts a text field that runs a macro when you click the field in the document. To assign a macro to the field, click the <emph>Macro</emph> button. " +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3152946.11.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3152946.11.help.text" +msgid "Placeholder" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153527.12.help.text +msgid "Inserts a placeholder field in the document, for example, for graphics. When you click a placeholder field in the document, you are prompted to insert the item that is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150973.13.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3150973.13.help.text" +msgid "Hidden text" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147524.14.help.text +msgid "Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden text</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154480.15.help.text +msgid "Hidden Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153677.16.help.text +msgid "Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraph</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154192.39.help.text +msgid "Combine characters " +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3159199.42.help.text +msgid "Combines up to 6 characters, so that they behave as a single character. This feature is only available when Asian fonts are supported." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352213.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352213.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3151329.17.help.text +msgid "For function fields, the format field is only used for fields of the type placeholder. Here, the format determines the object for which the placeholder stands." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3149494.18.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3149494.18.help.text" +msgid "Condition" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3143281.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBCONDITION\">For fields linked to a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBCONDITION\">Her kan du oppgje kriteria for felt som er knytte til eit <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">vilkår</link>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3151248.20.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3151248.20.help.text" +msgid "Then, Else" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154830.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2\">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2\">Skriv inn teksten som skal visast når vilkåret er oppfylt i <emph>Om, så</emph>-boksen, og teksten som skal visast når vilkåret ikkje er oppfylt i <emph>Elles</emph>-boksen.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3146865.22.help.text +msgid "You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then </emph>and <emph>Else </emph>boxes using the format \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147583.24.help.text +msgid "If the table or the field name does not exist in a database, nothing is inserted." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3152585.23.help.text +msgid "If you include the quotes in \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\", the expression is inserted as text." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3155136.26.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3155136.26.help.text" +msgid "Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155149.27.help.text +msgid "Type the text that you want to display in the field. If you are inserting a placeholder field, type the text that you want to display as a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field. " +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147071.28.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3147071.28.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147084.29.help.text +msgid "Select the macro that you want to run when the field is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3154384.30.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3154384.30.help.text" +msgid "Macro name" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153351.31.help.text +msgid "Displays the name of the selected macro." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3156269.32.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3156269.32.help.text" +msgid "Placeholder" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3156282.33.help.text +msgid "Type the text that you want to appear in the placeholder field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3150587.34.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3150587.34.help.text" +msgid "Hidden text" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149173.35.help.text +msgid "Type the text that you want to hide if a condition is met." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3151028.40.help.text +msgid "Characters" +msgstr "Teikn" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3145771.43.help.text +msgid "Enter the characters that you want to combine. You can combine a maximum of 6 characters. This option is only available for the <emph>Combine characters</emph> field type." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3156369.41.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3156369.41.help.text" +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3151370.44.help.text +msgid "Enter a value for the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3148877.36.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3148877.36.help.text" +msgid "Macro" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155912.37.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_BT_FUNCMACRO\">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the \"Execute macro\" function field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150111.49.help.text +msgid "The following controls are displayed for <emph>Input list</emph> fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3155860.50.help.text +msgid "Item" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150688.51.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTITEM\">Enter a new item.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTITEM\">Skriv inn eit nytt element.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147413.52.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3147413.52.help.text" +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147473.53.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTADD\">Adds the <emph>Item</emph> to the list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTADD\">Legg til <emph>elementet</emph> i lista.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147496.54.help.text +msgid "Items on list" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147618.55.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_FUNC_LB_LISTITEMS\">Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_FUNC_LB_LISTITEMS\">Liste over elementa. Det øvste elementet er vist i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3145263.56.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3145263.56.help.text" +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149558.57.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTREMOVE\">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTREMOVE\">Fjernar det valde elementet frå lista.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3145126.58.help.text +msgid "Move Up" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155970.59.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTUP\">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTUP\">Flyttar det valde elementet opp i lista.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3150549.60.help.text +msgid "Move Down" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3156221.61.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTDOWN\">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTDOWN\">Flyttar det valde elementet ned i lista.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3149215.62.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3149215.62.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147733.63.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTNAME\">Enter a unique name for the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTNAME\">Oppgje eit unikt namn på <emph>innlista</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3146332.64.help.text +msgid "Choose Item" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147455.65.help.text +msgid "This dialog is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document. " +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149837.66.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_LB_LISTITEMS\">Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_LB_LISTITEMS\">Vel kva element du vil visa i dokumentet og trykk på <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147602.67.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3147602.67.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3148855.68.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT\">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialog, where you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT\">Viser dialogvindauget <emph>Rediger felt: Funksjonar</emph>, der du kan redigera <emph>innlista</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3155558.69.help.text +msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3155558.69.help.text" +msgid "Next" +msgstr "Neste" + +#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3148434.70.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT\">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialog by Ctrl+Shift+F9." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT\">Lukkar den gjeldande <emph>innlista</emph> og opnar den neste, om det finst fleire.</ahelp> Du vil sjå denne knappen når du opnar dialogvindauget <emph>Vel element</emph> med Ctrl + Shift + F9." + +#: 06080000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Footnotes/Endnotes Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080000.xhp#hd_id3153004.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Footnote options\">Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080000.xhp#par_id3149882.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"fnoten\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FootnoteDialog\">Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "New Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text" +msgid "New Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text +msgid "Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block of a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">mail merge</link> document." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text" +msgid "Address Elements" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel eit adressefelt og dra feltet over til den andre lista.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text" +msgid ">" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list. You can add the same field more than once.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Legg det valde feltet frå adresseelement-lista til i den andre lista. Du kan leggja til det same feltet fleire enn éin gong.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text" +msgid "<" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text" +msgid "Drag address element to the field below" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Still opp felta med drag-og-slepp, eller ved a bruka pilknappane.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text" +msgid "Preview" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Førehandsvis den første databaseposten med det noverande helsingsoppsettet.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text" +msgid "(Arrow Buttons)" +msgstr "(Pilknappar)" + +#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10590.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10590.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel eit element i lista og trykk på ein pilknapp for å flytta på det.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120220.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Entries (indexes/tables)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3149349.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp\" name=\"Entries (indexes/tables)\">Entries (indexes/tables)</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120220.xhp#par_id3154504.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"HID_TP_TOX_ENTRY\">Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">Index/Table</link> tab.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"HID_TP_TOX_ENTRY\">Vel korleis postane i registeret eller innhaldslista skal formaterast.Denne fana endrar seg etter kva slags register du vel under fana <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">«Register/Innhaldsliste»</link>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3148770.4.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"Table of Contents\">Table of Contents</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3147564.5.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Alphabetical Index\">Alphabetical Index</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3151188.6.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Illustration Index\">Illustration Index</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3150761.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"Index of Tables\">Index of Tables</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3153517.8.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined\">User-Defined</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3151175.9.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"Table of Objects\">Table of Objects</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3147506.10.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography\">Bibliography</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04130000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04130000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Frame" +msgstr "" + +#: 04130000.xhp#hd_id3151189.1.help.text +msgctxt "04130000.xhp#hd_id3151189.1.help.text" +msgid "Frame" +msgstr "" + +#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3145420.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"rahm\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrame\">Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"rahm\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrame\">Set inn ei ramme som du kan bruka til éi eller fleire spalter med tekst og objekt.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3153678.37.help.text +msgid "To edit a frame, click the border to select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object</emph>. You can also resize or move a selected frame using special <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">shortcut keys</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3152952.38.help.text +msgid "To delete a frame, click the border of the frame, and then press Delete." +msgstr "" + +#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3151311.23.help.text +msgid "If you see small red arrows at the beginning and the end of text in frame, use the arrow keys to scroll through the remaining text." +msgstr "" + +#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3155896.25.help.text +msgid "In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3149694.26.help.text +msgid "You can also preview the effects when you change the frame anchor to \"As Character\". The \"Baseline\" is drawn in red, \"Character\" is the font height, and \"line\" is the height of the line, including the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: 04130000.xhp#hd_id3149107.5.help.text +msgid "Icon on the Insert toolbar:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3148970.6.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\">Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\">Teiknar ei ramme der du dreg med musa i dokumentet. Trykk på pila ved sida av knappen for å velja kor mange spalter du vil ha med i ramma.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05060800.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05060800.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Hyperlink" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#bm_id3150980.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; for objects</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3150980.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp\" name=\"Hyperlink\">Hyperlink</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3154188.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_URL\">Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_URL\">Oppgi eigenskapane til hyperlenkja for det valde biletet, ramma eller OLE-objektet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3155180.3.help.text +msgid "Link to" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3143275.4.help.text +msgid "Set the link properties." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3149485.5.help.text +msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3149485.5.help.text" +msgid "URL" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3154831.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_URL\">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3151260.17.help.text +msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3151260.17.help.text" +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3149109.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_URL:PB_SEARCH\">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP server</link> in the Internet." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_URL:PB_SEARCH\">Finn fila du vil at hyperlenkja skal opna og trykk <emph>Opna</emph>.</ahelp> Fila kan liggja på datamaskina di eller på ein <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP-tenar</link> på Internett." + +#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3148972.19.help.text +msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3148972.19.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3147217.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_NAME\">Skriv inn namnet på lenkja.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3153636.7.help.text +msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3153636.7.help.text" +msgid "Frame" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3149042.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_FRAME\">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100500.xhp\" name=\"here\">here</link>." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_FRAME\">Skriv inn namnet på ramma der du vil opna målfila.</ahelp> Dei førvalde namna på målrammer er skildra <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100500.xhp\" name=\"here\">her</link>." + +#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3152772.9.help.text +msgid "Image Map" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3155138.10.help.text +msgid "Select the type of <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap\" name=\"ImageMap\">ImageMap</link> that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3153357.13.help.text +msgid "Server-side image map" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3149176.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_SERVER\">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_SERVER\">Brukar eit biletkart som er lagra på ein tenar.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3156278.15.help.text +msgid "Client-side image map" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3151036.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_CLIENT\">Uses the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_CLIENT\">Brukar <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">biletkartet</link> du laga for det valde objektet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3151380.21.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url\" name=\"URL\">URL</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url\" name=\"URL\">Adresse</link>" + +#: 05030400.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Drop Caps" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030400.xhp#bm_id7635731.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>first letters as large capital letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;starting paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drop caps insertion</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3150252.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp\" name=\"Drop Caps\">Drop Caps</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3154763.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DROPCAPS\">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3151388.3.help.text +msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3151388.3.help.text" +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3147295.5.help.text +msgid "Show Drop Caps" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3150536.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_SWITCH\">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_SWITCH\">Tilordnar innstillingane for innfeld forbokstav til avsnittet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3155626.19.help.text +msgid "Whole word" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3154554.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_WORD\">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_WORD\">Viser den første bokstaven i det første ordet i avsnittet som innfeld forbokstav, og resten av bokstavane i ordet med stor skrift</ahelp>." + +#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3154505.7.help.text +msgid "Number of characters" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3149881.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DROPCAPS\">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DROPCAPS\">Vel kor mange teikn som skal gjerast om til innfelde forbokstavar.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3150932.9.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Linje" + +#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3148391.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_LINES\">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines." +msgstr "" + +#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3149030.11.help.text +msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3149030.11.help.text" +msgid "Distance from text" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3153926.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DISTANCE\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DISTANCE\">vel kor stor avstand du vil ha mellom dei innfelde forbokstavane og resten av teksten i avsnittet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3153723.13.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3153723.13.help.text" +msgid "Contents" +msgstr "Innhald" + +#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3154638.15.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3154638.15.help.text" +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Neste" + +#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3147569.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_DROPCAPS_EDT_TEXT\">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_DROPCAPS_EDT_TEXT\">Skriv inn teksten du vil visa med innfeld forbokstav i staden for dei første bokstavane i avsnittet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3150763.17.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3150763.17.help.text" +msgid "Character Style" +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3151181.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_BOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None]." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_BOX_TEMPLATE\">Vel formateringsstilen du vil bruka på dei innfelde forbokstavane.</ahelp> Vel «Ingen» dersom du vil bruka formateringsstilen til avsnittet." + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Select Address List" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text" +msgid "Select Address List" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10549.help.text +msgid "Select the address list that you want to use for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link>, then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text" +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055E.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Select Table</link> dialog opens." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel kva databasefil som inneheld dei adressene du vil bruka som adresselista.</ahelp> Dersom fila inneheld fleire enn éin tabell, vert dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Vel tabell</link> vist." + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10573.help.text +msgid "Create" +msgstr "Opprett" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">Ny adresseliste</link>, der du kan laga ei ny adresseliste.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text +msgid "Filter" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/shared/02/12090100.xhp\">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/shared/02/12090100.xhp\">Standardfilter</link>, der du kan leggja til filter på adresselista for å visa berre dei mottakarane du vil sjå.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105AF.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105AF.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105B3.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opnar dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">Ny adresseliste</link>, der du kan redigera den valde adresselista.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105C4.help.text +msgid "Change Table" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105C8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Vel tabell</link>, der du kan velja ein annan tabell som skal brukast til brevfletting.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "New Address List" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text" +msgid "New Address List" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text +msgid "Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents. When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10557.help.text +msgid "Address Information" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter or edit the field contents for each mail merge recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv inn eller rediger feltinnhaldet for kvar brevflettingsmottakar.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1055E.help.text +msgid "Show Entry Number" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Trykk på knappane for å bla gjennom datapostane eller skriv inn eit postnummer for å gå rett til ein datapost.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a new blank record to the address list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Legg til ein ny, tom datapost i adresselista.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text" +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Fjern" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Slett den valde dataposten.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text" +msgid "Find" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp\">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp\">Finn oppføring</link>. Du kan la dialogvindauget stå ope medan du redigerer oppføringane.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text +msgid "Customize" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp\">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp\">Tilpass adresseliste</link>, der du kan flytta, endra namnet på, leggja til og sletta felt.</ahelp>" + +#: selection_mode.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Selection Mode" +msgstr "Merkingsmodus" + +#: selection_mode.xhp#hd_id4177678.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp\">Selection Mode</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: selection_mode.xhp#par_id2962126.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: selection_mode.xhp#par_id9816278.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">In normal selection mode, you can select multi-line text including the line ends.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: selection_mode.xhp#par_id3097323.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">In block selection mode, you can select a rectangular block of text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120214.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120214.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Index" +msgstr "Register" + +#: 04120214.xhp#hd_id3151387.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120214.xhp#par_id3146320.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120213.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Index" +msgstr "Register" + +#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3147570.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3145415.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3153534.3.help.text +msgctxt "04120213.xhp#hd_id3153534.3.help.text" +msgid "Create from" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3151315.4.help.text +msgid "Specify the information to be combined to form an index." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3154478.5.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Captions" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3153677.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMCAPTIONS\">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMCAPTIONS\">Lag registeroppføringar frå objekt-bilettekstar.</ahelp> Du kan laga ein bilettekst til eit objekt ved å merka det og velja <emph>Set inn → Bilettekst</emph>." + +#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3154576.7.help.text +msgctxt "04120213.xhp#hd_id3154576.7.help.text" +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3149687.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_CAPTIONSEQUENCE\">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_CAPTIONSEQUENCE\">Vel bilettekst-kategori for registeroppøringane.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3154195.9.help.text +msgid "Display" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155186.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_DISPLAYTYPE\">Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.</ahelp> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text \"Illustration 24: The Sun\", where \"Illustration 24\" was automatically generated, and \"The Sun\" was added by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3151260.11.help.text +msgid "Selections in the Display list box" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3148972.12.help.text +msgid "Entry in the Index" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3147213.13.help.text +msgid "Reference Text" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3153636.14.help.text +msgid "Illustration 24: The Sun" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3152768.15.help.text +msgctxt "04120213.xhp#par_id3152768.15.help.text" +msgid "Category and Number" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155145.16.help.text +msgid "Illustration 24" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3149168.17.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04120213.xhp#par_id3149168.17.help.text" +msgid "Caption" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3145781.18.help.text +msgid "The Sun" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155915.19.help.text +msgid "If you select \"Caption Text\", the punctuation and the space at the beginning of the caption does not appear in the index entry." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3151378.20.help.text +msgid "Object names" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155863.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMOBJECTNAMES\">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMOBJECTNAMES\">Lagar registeroppføringar frå objektnamn.</ahelp> Du kan visa objektnamn i dokumentstrukturen og endra dei i sprettoppmenyen." + +#: 05060000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05060000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text +msgctxt "05060000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text" +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060000.xhp#par_id3148774.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"grafiktext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\">Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected graphic.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"grafiktext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\">Formater storleik, plassering og andre eigenskapar til det valde biletet.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05060000.xhp#par_id3147167.5.help.text +msgid "You can also change some of the properties of the selected graphic with <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">shortcut keys</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060000.xhp#par_id3150759.3.help.text +msgid "The <emph>Graphics</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 01160100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Outline to Presentation" +msgstr "Send disposisjon til presentasjon" + +#: 01160100.xhp#hd_id3154571.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp\" name=\"Outline to Presentation\">Outline to Presentation</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp\" name=\"Outline to Presentation\">Send disposisjon til presentasjon</link>" + +#: 01160100.xhp#par_id3155186.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpres\">Sends the outline of the active document to a new presentation document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpres\">Sender disposisjonen for dokumentet til eit nytt presentasjonsdokument.</ahelp>" + +#: 05200000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Merge Table " +msgstr "" + +#: 05200000.xhp#bm_id3154652.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging; tables</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellar; fletta</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fletta; tabellar</bookmark_value>" + +#: 05200000.xhp#hd_id3154652.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp\" name=\"Merge Table\">Merge Table</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05200000.xhp#par_id3147401.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeTable\">Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeTable\">Slå saman to tabellar som ligg etter kvarandre til ein enkelt tabell. Tabellane må vera rett ved sidan av kvarandre og ikkje skilde frå kvarandre med eit tomt avsnitt.</ahelp>" + +#: 05200000.xhp#par_id3146325.3.help.text +msgid "If you choose this command when the cursor is in the middle of three consecutive tables, you are prompted to select the table that you want to merge with." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120219.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Assign Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3155621.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp\" name=\"Assign Styles\">Assign Styles</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3145828.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES\" visibility=\"visible\">Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES\" visibility=\"visible\">Lag stikkord frå visse avsnittsstilar.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3145249.3.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04120219.xhp#hd_id3145249.3.help.text" +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "Stil" + +#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3150566.4.help.text +msgid "The list contains the paragraph styles that you can assign to index levels." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3147176.5.help.text +msgid "To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the<emph> Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>button to move the style to the index level that you want." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3150762.6.help.text +msgid "<<" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3149289.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_LEFT\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_LEFT\" visibility=\"visible\">Flytt den valde avsnittsstilen opp eit nivå i registerhierarkiet.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3151178.8.help.text +msgid ">>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3157903.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_RIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_RIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">Flytt den valde avsnittsstilen ned eit nivå i registerhierarkiet.</ahelp>" + +#: 06060100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "06060100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3151387.34.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp\" name=\"Numbering\">Numbering</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3155620.35.help.text +msgid "Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3153003.3.help.text +msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3153003.3.help.text" +msgid "Level" +msgstr "Innrykksnivå" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150018.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_LEVEL\">Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.</ahelp> To apply the numbering options, except for the paragraph style, to all of the levels, click \"1-10\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3145248.8.help.text +msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3145248.8.help.text" +msgid "Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150930.9.help.text +msgid "Specify the formatting for the select outline level." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3149030.10.help.text +msgid "Paragraph Style" +msgstr "Avsnittsstil" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3153722.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_COLL\">Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp> If you click \"None\", the selected outline level is not defined." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3151272.12.help.text +msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3151272.12.help.text" +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3156319.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_NUMBER\">Select the numbering style that you want to apply to the selected outline level.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_NUMBER\">Vel nummereringsstil for det valde disposisjonsnivået.</ahelp>" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150258.14.help.text +msgid "<emph>Selection</emph>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3149760.15.help.text +msgid "<emph>Description</emph>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3147513.16.help.text +msgid "A, B, C, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150708.17.help.text +msgid "Capital letters" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154104.18.help.text +msgid "a, b, c, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3153533.19.help.text +msgid "Lowercase letters" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3151314.20.help.text +msgid "I, II, III, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154470.21.help.text +msgid "Roman numerals (upper)" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150360.22.help.text +msgid "i, ii, iii, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3152960.23.help.text +msgid "Roman numerals (lower)" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3155899.24.help.text +msgid "1, 2, 3, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154191.25.help.text +msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3154191.25.help.text" +msgid "Arabic numerals" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3149298.36.help.text +msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3149298.36.help.text" +msgid "A,... AA,... AAA,..." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3151332.37.help.text +msgid "Alphabetical numbering with identical capital letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the second number in level three is \"BBB\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3143284.38.help.text +msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3143284.38.help.text" +msgid "a,... aa,... aaa,..." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3149820.39.help.text +msgid "Alphabetical numbering with identical lower case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is \"cc\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154834.26.help.text +msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3154834.26.help.text" +msgid "None" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3148968.27.help.text +msgid "No numbering symbol. Only the character or symbol defined in the <emph>Separator</emph> fields appears at the beginning of the numbered line." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3147098.40.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3147098.40.help.text" +msgid "Character Style" +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3147224.41.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_CHARFMT\">Select the format of the numbering character.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_CHARFMT\">Vel formatet på nummereringsteikna.</ahelp>" + +#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3153643.28.help.text +msgid "Show sublevels" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3147575.29.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:NF_ALL_LEVEL\">Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select \"3\" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3152772.30.help.text +msgid "Separator Before" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3155142.31.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_PREFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display before the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type \"Chapter \" to display \"Chapter 1\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3154386.32.help.text +msgid "Separator After" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3153358.33.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_SUFFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a period (.) to display \"1.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3150590.6.help.text +msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3150590.6.help.text" +msgid "Start at" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3151023.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_START\">Enter the number that you want to restart the chapter numbering at.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_START\">Vel kva tal kapittelnummereringa starta på nytt frå.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Customize Address List" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text" +msgid "Customize Address List" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10540.help.text +msgid "Customizes the address list for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10551.help.text +msgid "Address list elements" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the fields that you want to move, delete, or rename.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel kva felt du vil flytta, sletta eller endra namnet på.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10560.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10560.help.text" +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Inserts a new text field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Set inn eit nytt tekstfelt.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1056E.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1056E.help.text" +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Fjern" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Slett det valde feltet.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10575.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10575.help.text" +msgid "Rename" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Renames the selected text field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Endra namnet på det valde tekstfeltet.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120222.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Entries (alphabetical index)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3147506.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Entries (alphabetical index)\">Entries (alphabetical index)</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3154100.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format of the alphabetical index entries. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3153532.3.help.text +msgid "Level \"S\" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, select the <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3152957.4.help.text +msgid "Chapter Info" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3154573.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_CHAPTERINFO\">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3149692.6.help.text +msgid "Chapter entry" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3155174.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHAPTERENTRY\">Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id7605517.help.text +msgid "Evaluate up to level" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#par_id6739402.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the maximum hierarchy level down to which objects are shown in the generated index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3149493.8.help.text +msgid "Character Style for main entries" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3149109.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_MAIN_ENTRY_STYLE\">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3148977.10.help.text +msgid "Alphabetical delimiter" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3147100.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_ALPHADELIM\">Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3147226.12.help.text +msgid "Key separated by commas" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3153631.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_COMMASEPARATED\">Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05120200.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Optimal Width" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120200.xhp#hd_id3149500.1.help.text +msgctxt "05120200.xhp#hd_id3149500.1.help.text" +msgid "Optimal Width" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120200.xhp#par_id3149050.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"spaltenbreitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth\">Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> Changing the width of a column does not affect the width of the other columns in the table. The width of the table cannot exceed the page width.</variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120200.xhp#par_id5611743.help.text +msgid "The change affects only selected cells. You can adjust multiple cells next to each other if you select the cells together." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "DocInformation" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#hd_id3154479.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp\" name=\"DocInformation\">DocInformation</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149692.2.help.text +msgid "DocInformation fields contain information about the properties of a document, such as the date a document was created. To view the properties of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3148982.3.help.text +msgid "When you export and import an HTML document containing DocInformation fields, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#dokumentinfo\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\">special $[officename] formats</link> are used." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290053.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155140.4.help.text +msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3155140.4.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149176.5.help.text +msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3149176.5.help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3145774.6.help.text +msgid "Modified" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155915.7.help.text +msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time of the last save." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150108.8.help.text +msgid "Editing time" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155860.9.help.text +msgid "Inserts the amount of time spent on editing a document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150700.10.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Comments" +msgstr "Innhald" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3147490.11.help.text +msgid "Inserts the comments as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3145262.12.help.text +msgid "Document number" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150556.13.help.text +msgid "Inserts the version number of the current document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3146326.14.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Created" +msgstr "Opprett" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149833.15.help.text +msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time when the document was created." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3148856.16.help.text +msgid "Info 0 - 3" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3154784.17.help.text +msgid "Inserts the contents of the info fields found on the <emph>User Defined </emph>tab of the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100300.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties\"><emph>File - Properties</emph></link> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150177.18.help.text +msgid "Last printed" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3156094.19.help.text +msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date or time that the document was last printed." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3156122.20.help.text +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Nøkkelord" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150912.21.help.text +msgid "Inserts the keywords as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3154328.22.help.text +msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3154328.22.help.text" +msgid "Subject" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3146942.23.help.text +msgid "Inserts the subject as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150092.24.help.text +msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3150092.24.help.text" +msgid "Title" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150033.25.help.text +msgid "Inserts the title as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290272.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149956.26.help.text +msgid "For the \"Created\", \"Modified\", and \"Last printed\" field types, you can include the author, date, and time of the corresponding operation." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290382.help.text +msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290382.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#hd_id3149608.28.help.text +msgid "Fixed content" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150767.29.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FLD_DOKINF:CB_DOKINFFIXEDCONTENT\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FLD_DOKINF:CB_DOKINFFIXEDCONTENT\">Set inn felt som statisk innhald. Statisk innhald vil seia at feltet ikkje kan endrast eller oppdaterast.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155554.30.help.text +msgid "Fields with fixed content are only evaluated when you create a new document from a template that contains such a field. For example, a date field with fixed content inserts the date that a new document was created from the template." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Text Grid" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#bm_id3150760.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>text grid for Asian layout</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3150760.18.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp\" name=\"Text Grid\">Text Grid</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3151171.17.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3154101.16.help.text +msgid "Grid" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3149805.15.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_RB_CHARSGRID\">Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_RB_CHARSGRID\">Legg til eller fjernar tekstrutenett for linjer eller teikn i sidestilen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3153537.14.help.text +msgid "Grid layout" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3154478.12.help.text +msgid "Lines per page" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3151308.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_LINESPERPAGE\">Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_LINESPERPAGE\">Vel det høgste talet på linjer du vil ha på éi side.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3152957.10.help.text +msgid "Characters per line" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3153674.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_CHARSPERLINE\">Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_CHARSPERLINE\">Vel det høgste talet på teikn du vil ha på éi linje.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3149684.8.help.text +msgid "Max. base text size" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3154193.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_TEXTSIZE\">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_TEXTSIZE\">Vel høgste storleik for baseteksten. Ein høg verdi vil gi færre teikn på kvar linje.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3155182.6.help.text +msgid "Max. Ruby text size" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3143283.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_RUBYSIZE\">Enter the font size for the Ruby text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_RUBYSIZE\">Vel storleik på kringteksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3149496.4.help.text +msgid "Ruby text below/left from base text" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3149816.3.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_CB_RUBYBELOW\">Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_CB_RUBYBELOW\">Viser kringteksten til venstre eller under hovudteksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3149100.2.help.text +msgid "Grid display" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3147089.1.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_LB_COLOR\">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_LB_COLOR\">Vel utskriftsinnstillingar og fargar for tekst-rutenettet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Wrap" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3153527.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3153527.1.help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154478.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"umlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TextWrap\">Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.</ahelp> You can also specify the spacing between the text and the object. </variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"umlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TextWrap\">Vel korleis teksten skal flyta rundt objekt.</ahelp> Du kan òg tilpassa avstanden mellom teksten og objektet.</variable>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3151249.56.help.text +msgid "To wrap text around a table, place the table in a frame, and then wrap the text around the frame." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3154829.3.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3154829.3.help.text" +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3148971.5.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3148971.5.help.text" +msgid "None" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147100.6.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_NO_WRAP\">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_NO_WRAP\">Plasserer objektet på ei eiga linje i dokumentet. Teksten i dokumentet blir vist ovanfor og nedanfor objektet, men ikkje på sidene.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149038.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149044\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr07.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149044\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3155139.49.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3155139.49.help.text" +msgid "None" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3153351.17.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3153351.17.help.text" +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149171.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_LEFT\">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_LEFT\">Bryt teksten på venstre sida av objektet dersom det er plass.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3145774.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3145780\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr02.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145780\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3151384.43.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3151384.43.help.text" +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3155870.19.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3155870.19.help.text" +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150700.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_RIGHT\">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_RIGHT\">Bryt teksten på høgre sida av objektet dersom det er plass.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149560.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149567\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr03.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149567\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3155966.44.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3155966.44.help.text" +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149213.21.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3149213.21.help.text" +msgid "Parallel" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147740.22.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_PARALLEL\">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_PARALLEL\">Bryt teksten rundt ramma på objektet.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3148845.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148851\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr04.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148851\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3148442.45.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3148442.45.help.text" +msgid "Parallel" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3151081.11.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3151081.11.help.text" +msgid "Through" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154089.12.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_THROUGH\">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_THROUGH\">Plasser objektet framom teksten.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150162.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150169\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr05.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150169\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3156104.50.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3156104.50.help.text" +msgid "Through" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3150451.23.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3150451.23.help.text" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154716.24.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"dynamischertext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapIdeal\">Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped. </ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"dynamischertext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapIdeal\">Bryt teksten automatisk til venstre, høgre eller på alle fire sidene av ramma rundt objektet. Om avstanden mellom objektet og sidemargen er mindre enn 2 cm blir ikkje teksten broten.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150904.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150910\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr06.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150910\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149237.46.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3149237.46.help.text" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3146940.26.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3146940.26.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3146953.27.help.text +msgid "Specify the text wrap options." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3153229.28.help.text +msgid "First Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154333.29.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"ersterabsatztext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapAnchorOnly\">Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.</ahelp> The space between the paragraphs is determined by the size of the object. </variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"ersterabsatztext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapAnchorOnly\">Start eit nytt avsnitt under objektet når du trykkjer «Enter».</ahelp> Avstanden mellom avsnitta vert avgjort av storleiken på objektet.</variable>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3148790.30.help.text +msgid "In Background" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150100.31.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"hintergrundtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapThroughTransparent\">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the<emph> Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149358.47.help.text +msgid "Contour" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3155793.48.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapContour\">Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the <emph>Through</emph> wrap type, or for frames.</ahelp> To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Format - Wrap - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\"><emph>Edit Contour</emph></link>. </variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapContour\">Bryt teksten rundt objektet. Dette er ikkje mogleg med <emph>Gjennom</emph> som tekstbryting, eller ved bruk av rammer.</ahelp> Du kan endra omrisset til eit objekt ved å velja det og så velja <emph>Format → Tekstbryting → </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\"><emph>Rediger omriss</emph></link>.</variable>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3154620.51.help.text +msgid "Only outside" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147377.52.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_WRAP:CB_ONLYOUTSIDE\">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_WRAP:CB_ONLYOUTSIDE\">Berre bryt teksten rundt omrisset til objektet, ikkje i opne område inne i objektet.</ahelp> Dette alternativet er ikkje tilgjengeleg for rammer." + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3147397.33.help.text +msgid "Gaps" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149637.34.help.text +msgid "Specify the amount of space to leave between the selected object and the text." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3150659.35.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3150659.35.help.text" +msgid "Left" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150678.36.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_LEFT_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_LEFT_MARGIN\">Vel kor langt den venstre kanten av objektet skal liggja frå teksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3154032.37.help.text +msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3154032.37.help.text" +msgid "Right" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149956.38.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Vel kor langt den høgre kanten av objektet skal liggja frå teksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149974.39.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Top" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 00.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Øvst\n" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Topp\n" +"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Topp" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147284.40.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_TOP_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_TOP_MARGIN\">Vel kor langt den øvste kanten på objektet skal liggja frå teksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149609.41.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Bottom" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 00.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Nedst\n" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Botn\n" +"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Botn" + +#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3157884.42.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_BOTTOM_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_BOTTOM_MARGIN\">Vel kor langt den nedste kanten av objektet skal liggja frå teksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Indexes and Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3151380.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp\" name=\"Indexes and Tables\">Indexes and Tables</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120000.xhp#par_idN105AC.help.text +msgid "Opens a menu to insert index entries and to insert indexes and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120000.xhp#par_id3150114.6.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Indexes\">Instructions for Indexes</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3147416.3.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Entry\">Entry</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3147501.4.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"Indexes and Tables\">Indexes and Tables</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3155620.5.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Entry\">Bibliography Entry</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04990000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04990000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 04990000.xhp#hd_id3147405.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04990000.xhp#par_id3145827.2.help.text +msgid "Inserts a field at the current cursor position. The submenu lists the most common field types. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>Other</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04990000.xhp#hd_id3147571.3.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Other\">Other</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120215.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120215.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Index" +msgstr "Register" + +#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3150568.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3151183.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3151174.4.help.text +msgid "User-defined indexes are available in the <emph>Type</emph> box when you insert an index entry in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text +msgctxt "04120215.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text" +msgid "Create from" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3149802.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04120215.xhp#hd_id3149802.7.help.text" +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "Stil" + +#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3151320.8.help.text +msgid "Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3154473.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMTABLES\">Includes tables in the index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMTABLES\">Ta med tabellar i registeret.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3154569.10.help.text +msgctxt "04120215.xhp#hd_id3154569.10.help.text" +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3153676.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMGRAPHICS\">Includes graphics in the index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMGRAPHICS\">Ta med bilete i registeret.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3149685.12.help.text +msgid "Text frames" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3154195.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMFRAMES\">Includes text frames in the index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMFRAMES\">Ta med tekstrammer i registeret.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3155182.14.help.text +msgid "OLE objects" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3143282.15.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMOLE\">Includes OLE objects in the index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMOLE\">Ta med OLE-objekt i registeret.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3149095.16.help.text +msgid "Use level from source chapter" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3151250.17.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_LEVELFROMCHAPTER\">Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_LEVELFROMCHAPTER\">Set innrykk på registeroppføringar av tabellar, bilete, tekstrammer ogOLE-objekt etter plasseringa deira i hierarkiet over kapitteloverskrifter.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3147088.18.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Defining an index entry\">Defining an index entry</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 03120000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Web Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: 03120000.xhp#hd_id3145243.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp\" name=\"Web Layout\">Web Layout</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 03120000.xhp#par_id3154646.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:BrowseView\">Displays the document as seen in a Web browser.</ahelp> This is useful when you create HTML documents." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120250.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Edit Concordance File" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#bm_id3148768.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>editing; concordance files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>concordance files; definition</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>redigera; ordindeksfiler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordindeksfiler; definisjon</bookmark_value>" + +#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3148768.1.help.text +msgctxt "04120250.xhp#hd_id3148768.1.help.text" +msgid "Edit Concordance File" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3151180.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTOMARK\">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id837427.help.text +msgid "You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows to enter every word just once, then use the list many times." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3154645.19.help.text +msgid "To access the Edit Concordance File dialog:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3149292.20.help.text +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3145420.21.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>box, select \"Alphabetical Index\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3154107.22.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3153668.23.help.text +msgid "Click the <emph>File</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph> or <emph>Edit</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3154470.24.help.text +msgid "A concordance file contains the following fields: " +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3152953.3.help.text +msgid "\"Search term\" refers to the index entry that you want to mark in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155896.4.help.text +msgid "\"Alternative entry\" refers to the index entry that you want to appear in the index." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3154194.5.help.text +msgid "The 1st and 2nd Keys are parent index entries. The \"Search term\" or the \"Alternative entry\" appears as a subentry under the 1st and 2nd Keys." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155184.6.help.text +msgid "\"Match case\" means that uppercase and lowercase letters are considered." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3143282.7.help.text +msgid "\"Word only\" searches for the term as a single word." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3147220.8.help.text +msgid "To enable the \"Match case\" or \"Word only\" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then select the check box." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3153629.25.help.text +msgid "To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialog:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3153644.9.help.text +msgid "Use the following format guidelines when you create a concordance file:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3152770.10.help.text +msgid "Each entry in the concordance file is on a separate line." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155142.26.help.text +msgid "Commented lines start with #." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3153354.11.help.text +msgid "Use the following format for the entries:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3149172.12.help.text +msgid "Search term;Alternative entry;1st key;2nd key;Match case;Word only" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3156270.13.help.text +msgid "The entries \"Match case\" and \"Word only\" are interpreted as \"No\" or FALSE if they are empty or zero (0). All other contents are interpreted as \"Yes\" or TRUE." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3145778.27.help.text +msgctxt "04120250.xhp#hd_id3145778.27.help.text" +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155907.14.help.text +msgid "For example, to include the word \"Boston\" in your alphabetical index under the \"Cities\" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3151370.15.help.text +msgid "Boston;Boston;Cities;;0;0 " +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3151383.16.help.text +msgid "This also finds \"Boston\" if it is written in lowercase letters." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155866.17.help.text +msgid "To include the \"Beacon Hill\" district in Boston under the \"Cities\" entry, enter the following line:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3150116.18.help.text +msgid "Beacon Hill;Boston;Cities; " +msgstr "" + +#: 01160200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Outline to Clipboard" +msgstr "Send disposisjon til utklippstavla" + +#: 01160200.xhp#hd_id3145241.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp\" name=\"Outline to Clipboard\">Outline to Clipboard</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp\" name=\"Outline to Clipboard\">Send disposisjon til utklippstavla</link>" + +#: 01160200.xhp#par_id3150758.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard\">Sends the outline of a document to the clipboard in Rich Text Format (RTF).</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard\">Sender disposisjonen for dokumentet til utklippstavla i rikt tekstformat (RTF).</ahelp>" + +#: 05100300.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05100300.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Protect" +msgstr "Verna" + +#: 05100300.xhp#hd_id3146322.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp\" name=\"Protect\">Protect</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05100300.xhp#par_id3145822.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\">Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\">Hindra innhaldet i dei valde cellene i å bli endra.</ahelp>" + +#: 05100300.xhp#par_id3154641.3.help.text +msgid "When the cursor is in a read-only cell, a note appears on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05100300.xhp#par_id3149292.4.help.text +msgid "To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Cell - Unprotect\"><emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "02120100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Rename AutoText" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3155144.1.help.text +msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3155144.1.help.text" +msgid "Rename AutoText" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3149171.2.help.text +msgid "Allows you to change the name of an AutoText entry." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3155910.3.help.text +msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3155910.3.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3151372.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_ON\" visibility=\"visible\">Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_ON\" visibility=\"visible\">Viser namnet på det valde autotekstelementet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3155858.5.help.text +msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3155858.5.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3150686.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NN\" visibility=\"visible\">Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NN\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn det nye namnet på det valde autotekstelementet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3150110.7.help.text +msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3150110.7.help.text" +msgid "Shortcut" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3145583.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NS\" visibility=\"visible\">Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NS\" visibility=\"visible\">Tilordnar ein snøggtast til den valde autoteksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 04020200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Indents" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020200.xhp#hd_id3155898.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp\" name=\"Indents\">Indents</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3155182.2.help.text +msgid "Indents the section with a left and right margin." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020200.xhp#hd_id3149488.3.help.text +msgid "Before section" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3149824.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_BEFORE\">Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_BEFORE\">Vel innrykk før bolken, ved venstremargen.</ahelp>" + +#: 04020200.xhp#hd_id3149108.5.help.text +msgid "After section" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3148970.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_AFTER\">Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_AFTER\">Vel innrykk etter bolken, ved høgremargen.</ahelp>" + +#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3149032.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04020200.xhp#par_id3149032.7.help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Field commands\">Field commands</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04070100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04070100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Envelope" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3145243.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp\" name=\"Envelope\">Envelope</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3147172.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_ENV\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_ENV\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn mottakar- og returadresse for konvolutten. Du kan også setja inn adressefelt frå ein database, til dømes frå adressedatabasen.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3149295.3.help.text +msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3149295.3.help.text" +msgid "Addressee" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3145415.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn mottakaradressa.</ahelp> Du kan òg velja ein database, ein tabell og eit felt i denne boksen, og så setja inn feltet i adressa med pilknappen. Dersom du vil, kan du formatera adresseteksten med til dømes halvfeit eller understreka skrift." + +#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3154102.5.help.text +msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3154102.5.help.text" +msgid "Sender" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3153527.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND\">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender </emph>check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender </emph>box, but you can also enter the data that you want." +msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND\">Tek med ei returadresse på konvolutten. Kryss av for <emph>Avsendar</emph> og skriv inn returadressa.</ahelp> $[officename] set automatisk inn brukarinformasjonen din som <emph>avsendar</emph>, men du kan òg skriva inn annan informasjon om du vil." + +#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3154571.9.help.text +msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3154571.9.help.text" +msgid "Database" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3154480.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_DATABASE\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_DATABASE\" visibility=\"visible\">Vel databasen som inneheld adressedataa du vil setja inn.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3151310.11.help.text +msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3151310.11.help.text" +msgid "Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3155898.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_TABLE\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_TABLE\" visibility=\"visible\">Vel databasetabellen som inneheld dei adressene du vil setja inn.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3149695.13.help.text +msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3149695.13.help.text" +msgid "Database field" +msgstr "Databasefelt" + +#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3155180.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_ENV_ENV:BTN_INSERT\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_ENV_ENV:BTN_INSERT\" visibility=\"visible\">Vel databasefeltet som inneheld adressene du vil setja inn, og trykk på venstrepila. Adressa blir lagd til adressefeltet der skrivemerket står.</ahelp>" + +#: 01160500.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "01160500.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Name and Path of HTML Documents" +msgstr "Namn og stig til HTML-dokument" + +#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3147171.1.help.text +msgctxt "01160500.xhp#hd_id3147171.1.help.text" +msgid "Name and Path of HTML Documents" +msgstr "Namn og stig til HTML-dokument" + +#: 01160500.xhp#par_id3151175.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"htmltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:NewHtmlDoc\">Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.</ahelp> If you choose this option, a separate page of links to all of the pages that are generated is also created. </variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"htmltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:NewHtmlDoc\">Lagra fila som eit HTML-dokument slik at du kan opne henne i ein nettlesar. Du kan velja om dei oppgitte overskriftsstilane skal starta ei ny side.</ahelp> Dersom du vel dette, vert det òg laga ei eiga side med lenkjer til alle dei andre sidene.</variable>" + +#: 01160500.xhp#par_id3149801.3.help.text +msgid "Consecutive numbers are added to the file name if more than one HTML document is created. The titles of the HTML pages are created from the topmost chapter heading." +msgstr "Etterfølgjande nummerering vert lagt til i filnamnet dersom det vert oppretta mer enn eitt enkelt HTML-dokument. Titlane på HTML-sidene vert oppretta ut frå den øvste kapitteloverskrifta." + +#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3154568.6.help.text +msgid "Display area" +msgstr "Visingsområde" + +#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3153668.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "01160500.xhp#hd_id3153668.7.help.text" +msgid "File name" +msgstr "Filnamn" + +#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3155892.4.help.text +msgid "Current Style" +msgstr "Gjeldande stil" + +#: 01160500.xhp#par_id3149688.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.</ahelp> To use this option, apply one of the heading paragraph styles to the paragraphs where you want to start a new page in the document." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE\">Vel avsnittsstilen for overskrifter som skal markera ei ny HTML-side.</ahelp> Bruk overskriftsstilar for å gjera avsnitt til overskrifter der du vil starta nye sider i dokumentet." + +#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3155187.8.help.text +msgid "File type" +msgstr "Filtype" + +#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3143277.9.help.text +msgid "Save" +msgstr "Lagra" + +#: 02160000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Edit Index Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3154567.1.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3154567.1.help.text" +msgid "Edit Index Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3151314.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\">Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\">Rediger det valde stikkordet. Trykk framfor eller på stikkordet og vel denne kommandoen.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155896.30.help.text +msgid "To insert an index entry, select a word in the document, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph></link>." +msgstr "For å setja inn eit stikkord, vel eit ord i dokumentet og deretter <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\"><emph>Set inn →Register/innhaldsliste → Stikkordmarkering</emph></link>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3159193.3.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3159193.3.help.text" +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Utval" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149486.4.help.text +msgid "Edits the selected index entry." +msgstr "Rediger det valde stikkordet." + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3143272.5.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3143272.5.help.text" +msgid "Index" +msgstr "Register" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3151251.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.</ahelp> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialog. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Viser kva slags register det valde stikkordet høyrer til.</ahelp> Du kan ikkje endra registertypen til eit stikkord i dette dialogvindauget. I staden må du sletta stikkordet frå dokumentet og setja det inn att med ein annan registertype." + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3149107.7.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3149107.7.help.text" +msgid "Entry" +msgstr "Stikkord" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149823.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Edit the index entry if necessary. When you modify the index entry, the new text only appears in the index, and not at the index entry anchor in the document. </ahelp> For example, you can enter an index with comments such as \"Basics, see also General\"." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Du kan endra stikkordet dersom du vil. Dersom du endrar stikkordet, så vil den nye teksten berre opptre i registeret og ikkje erstatte dokumentteksten som utgjer stikkordet.</ahelp> Til dømes kan du setja inn eit stikkord med kommentaren «grunnleggjande, sjå òg generell»." + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3149036.9.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3149036.9.help.text" +msgid "1st key" +msgstr "Hovudoppføring" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3153631.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">To create a multilevel index, type the name of the first level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">For å laga eit register med fleire nivå, skriv du inn namnet på hovudoppføringa eller vel eit namn frå lista. Den gjeldande oppføringa vert lagd til nedanfor dette namnet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3152773.11.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3152773.11.help.text" +msgid "2nd key" +msgstr "Underoppføring" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3145758.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Type the name of the second level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Skriv inn namnet påunderoppføringa, eller vel eit namn frå lista. Den gjeldande oppføringa vert lagd til nedanfor dette namnet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3155143.13.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3155143.13.help.text" +msgid "Level" +msgstr "Innrykksnivå" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149170.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Changes the outline level of a table of contents entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Endrar på innrykksnivået til ei oppføring i innhaldslista.</ahelp>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3145785.15.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3145785.15.help.text" +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Fjern" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155919.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_DELETE\">Deletes the selected entry from the index. The entry text in the document is not deleted.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_DELETE\">Fjernar det valde stikkordet. Stikkordteksten i dokumentet vert ikkje fjerna.</ahelp>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3151384.18.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3151384.18.help.text" +msgid "End arrow to left" +msgstr "Gå til førre førekomst av stikkordet" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155869.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV_SAME\">Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV_SAME\">Bruk pila øvst til venstre for å gå til førre førekomst av same stikkord innan same registertype.</ahelp>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3147420.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3150550.26.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3150550.26.help.text" +msgid "End arrow to left" +msgstr "Gå til førre førekomst av stikkordet" + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3147736.20.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3147736.20.help.text" +msgid "End arrow to right" +msgstr "Gå til neste førekomst av stikkordet" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149829.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT_SAME\">Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT_SAME\">Bruk pila øvst til høgre for å gå til neste førekomst av same stikkord innan same registertype.</ahelp>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3153298.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3156108.27.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3156108.27.help.text" +msgid "End arrow to right" +msgstr "Gå til neste førekomst av stikkordet" + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3155080.22.help.text +msgid "Arrow to left" +msgstr "Gå til førre stikkordmarkering" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3154327.23.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV\">Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV\">Bruk pila nedst til venstre for å gå til førre stikkordmarkering innan same registertype.</ahelp>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3148785.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148791\" src=\"cmd/sc_prevrecord.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148791\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148791\" src=\"cmd/sc_prevrecord.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148791\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3153129.28.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3153129.28.help.text" +msgid "Left Arrow" +msgstr "Gå til førre stikkordmarkering" + +#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3154617.24.help.text +msgid "Arrow to right" +msgstr "Gå til neste stikkordmarkering" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3154633.25.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT\">Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT\">Bruk pila nedst til høgre for å gå til neste stikkordmarkering innan same registertype.</ahelp>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3150677.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149965.29.help.text +msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3149965.29.help.text" +msgid "Right Arrow" +msgstr "Gå til neste stikkordmarkering" + +#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155539.32.help.text +msgid "You can jump quickly to index entries with the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation Bar\">Navigation Bar</link>." +msgstr "Du kan snøgt gå til eit stikkord med <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation Bar\">navigasjonslinja</link>." + +#: 04090000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04090000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090000.xhp#hd_id3151171.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04090000.xhp#par_id3149805.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertField\">Inserts a field at the current cursor position.</ahelp> The dialog lists all available fields. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090000.xhp#hd_id3155903.178.help.text +msgctxt "04090000.xhp#hd_id3155903.178.help.text" +msgid "Insert" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090000.xhp#par_id3154190.179.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FIELD_INSERT\">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the <emph>Close </emph>button.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090000.xhp#par_id5591296.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vel filformat.</ahelp>" + +#: 04200000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04200000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Insert Script" +msgstr "" + +#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text +msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text" +msgid "Insert Script" +msgstr "" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3155620.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"scripttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertScript\">Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"scripttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertScript\">Set inn eit skript ved skrivemerket i eit HTML- eller tekstdokument.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3149880.4.help.text +msgid "An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"View\">View</link></emph>, and select the <emph>Comments</emph> check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3150572.5.help.text +msgid "If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script." +msgstr "" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id0903200802541668.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jump to Previous Script.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vel filformat.</ahelp>" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id0903200802541770.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jump to Next Script.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vel filformat.</ahelp>" + +#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3154644.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3154644.7.help.text" +msgid "Contents" +msgstr "Innhald" + +#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3149294.9.help.text +msgid "Script Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3145413.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_TYPE\">Enter the type of script that you want to insert.</ahelp> The script is identified in the HTML source code by the tag <SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\">." +msgstr "" + +#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3154097.13.help.text +msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3154097.13.help.text" +msgid "URL" +msgstr "" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3149810.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_URL\">Adds a link to a script file. Click the <emph>URL </emph>radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>), locate the file, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_URL\">Legg ei lenkje til ei skriptfil. Klikk på <emph>URL</emph>-radioknappen og skriv inn adressa i boksen. Du kan også trykkja på knappen <emph>Bla gjennom</emph> (<emph>…</emph>), finna fila og så trykkja på <emph>Set inn</emph>.</ahelp> Skriptfila du lenkjer til vert identifisert i HTML-kjeldekoden med dei følgjande taggane:" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3152963.15.help.text +msgid "<SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\" SRC=\"url\">" +msgstr "" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3153678.16.help.text +msgid "/* ignore all text here */" +msgstr "" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3154574.17.help.text +msgid "</SCRIPT>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3155903.19.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3155903.19.help.text" +msgid "..." +msgstr "…" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3154188.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:PB_URL\">Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:PB_URL\">Finn skriptfila du vil laga ei lenkje til og trykk så på <emph>Set inn</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3155184.11.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3155184.11.help.text" +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Neste" + +#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3143272.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:RB_EDIT\">Enter the script code that you want to insert.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:RB_EDIT\">Skriv inn skriptkoden som du vil setja inn.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05040500.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3149875.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"Columns\">Columns</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"Columns\">Spalter</link>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3151392.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"spaltentext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_COLUMN\">Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"spaltentext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_COLUMN\">Oppgi talet på kolonnar og kolonneoppsettet for ein sidestil, ei ramme eller ein bolk.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text +msgid "Default settings" +msgstr "Standardval" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149352.4.help.text +msgid "You can select from predefined column layouts, or create your own. When you apply a layout to a page style, all pages that use the style are updated. Similarly, when you apply a column layout to a frame style, all frames that use that style are updated. You can also change the column layout for a single frame." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3154562.5.help.text +msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3154562.5.help.text" +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154508.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_NUMBER\">Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_NUMBER\">Skriv inn kor mange spalter du vil ha på sida, i ramma eller bolken.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149884.47.help.text +msgid "You can also select one of the predefined column layouts." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3150933.45.help.text +msgid "Selection fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3148386.52.help.text +msgid "Evenly distribute contents to all columns" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149024.53.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically.</ahelp>Evenly distributes the text in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"multi-column sections\">multi-column sections</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3153924.19.help.text +msgid "Width and spacing" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3147176.20.help.text +msgid "If the <emph>Automatic width</emph> check box is not selected, enter the width and spacing options for the columns." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3147562.21.help.text +msgid "(Column number)" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3145206.22.help.text +msgid "Displays the column number, as well as width and distance to the adjacent columns." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3156324.23.help.text +msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3156324.23.help.text" +msgid "Left Arrow" +msgstr "Pil venstre" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3150761.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_DOWN\">Moves the column display one column to the left.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_DOWN\">Flytter spaltevisinga ei spalte til venstre.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149287.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149750\" src=\"res/sc06301.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149750\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149575\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154694.48.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05040500.xhp#par_id3154694.48.help.text" +msgid "Left Arrow" +msgstr "Pil venstre" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3145421.25.help.text +msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3145421.25.help.text" +msgid "Right Arrow" +msgstr "Pil høgre" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3153576.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_UP\">Moves the column display one column to the right.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_UP\">Flytter spaltevisinga ei spalte til høgre.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3152938.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3152948\" src=\"res/sc06300.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152948\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3153540.49.help.text +msgctxt "05040500.xhp#par_id3153540.49.help.text" +msgid "Right Arrow" +msgstr "Pil høgre" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3154470.42.help.text +msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3154470.42.help.text" +msgid "Width" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3152963.43.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_3\">Enter the width of the column.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_3\">Skriv inn spaltebreidda.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3151308.7.help.text +msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3151308.7.help.text" +msgid "Spacing" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3153672.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_DIST2\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_DIST2\">Vel kor stor avstand du vil ha mellom spaltene.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3147530.9.help.text +msgid "AutoWidth" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3150986.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_COLUMN_CB_AUTO_WIDTH\">Creates columns of equal width.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_COLUMN_CB_AUTO_WIDTH\">Lagar spalter med lik breidd.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3155892.44.help.text +msgid "The column layout preview only shows the columns and not the surrounding page." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3149685.11.help.text +msgid "Separator line" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154188.12.help.text +msgid "This area is only available if your layout contains more than one column." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3155775.13.help.text +msgid "Line" +msgstr "Linje" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3159190.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_STYLE\">Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"None\".</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3155184.15.help.text +msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3155184.15.help.text" +msgid "Height" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149309.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_HEIGHT\">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the height of the column area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_HEIGHT\">Skriv inn lengda på delelinja i prosent av høgda på spalteområdet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3143271.17.help.text +msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3143271.17.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149485.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_POSITION\">Select the vertical alignment of the separator line. This option is only available if <emph>Height</emph> value of the line is less than 100%.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_POSITION\">Juster høgda på delelinja. Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg om <emph>høgdeverdien</emph> til linja er mindre enn 100%.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3151248.50.help.text +msgid "Apply to" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154827.51.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_COLUMN_LB_APPLY_TO\">Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialog by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_COLUMN_LB_APPLY_TO\">Vel det elementet du vil bruka spalteoppsett på.</ahelp> Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg dersom du har opna dette dialogvindauget frå <emph>Format → Spalter</emph>." + +#: 04120100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Insert Index Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3154508.1.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3154508.1.help.text" +msgid "Insert Index Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3150565.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"eintrag\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\">Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"eintrag\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\">Marker den valde teksten som ei register- eller innhaldslisteoppføring.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3147571.15.help.text +msgid "To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Index Entry\"><emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph></link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3145760.22.help.text +msgid "You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialog open while you select and insert entries." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3145410.3.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3145410.3.help.text" +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Utval" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3147508.5.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3147508.5.help.text" +msgid "Index" +msgstr "Register" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3154103.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_TYPE\">Select the index that you want to add the entry to.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_TYPE\">Velg registeret du vil leggja posten til.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3153527.7.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3153527.7.help.text" +msgid "Entry" +msgstr "Stikkord" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3151312.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_ENTRY\">Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_ENTRY\">Viser teksten som er markert i dokumentet. Du kan skriva inn eit anna ord for stikkordet dersom du vil. Den markerte teksten vert ikkje endra.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3154480.9.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3154480.9.help.text" +msgid "1st key" +msgstr "Hovudoppføring" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3152953.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PRIM_KEY\">Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key, the index entry is \"weather, cold\".</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PRIM_KEY\">Gjer den gjeldande markeringa til ei underoppføring av ordet du skriv inn her. Til dømes vil oppføringa verta «vêr, kulde» dersom du markerer «kulde» og skriv inn «vêr» som hovudoppføring.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3154572.11.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3154572.11.help.text" +msgid "2nd key" +msgstr "Underoppføring" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3155904.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_SEC_KEY\">Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key and \"winter\" as the 2nd key, the index entry is \"weather, winter, cold\".</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_SEC_KEY\">Gjer den gjeldande markeringa til ei underoppføring av hovudoppføringa. Til dømes vil oppføringa verta «vêr, vinter, kulde» dersom du markerer «kulde» og skriv inn «vêr» som hovudoppføring og «vinter» som underoppføring.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3155174.39.help.text +msgid "Phonetic reading" +msgstr "Fonetisk lesing" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3149484.40.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PHONETIC_READING\">Enter the phonetic reading for the corresponding entry. For example, if a Japanese Kanji word has more than one pronunciation, enter the correct pronunciation as a Katakana word. The Kanji word is then sorted according to the phonetic reading entry.</ahelp> This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PHONETIC_READING\">Skriv inn ei fonetisk lesing av korresponderande postar. Til dømes, dersom eit japansk Kanji-ord har meir enn ein uttale, skriv inn den korrekte uttalen som eit Katakana-ord. Kanji-ordet blir då sortert i forhold til den fonetiske lesingsoppføringa.</ahelp> Denne funksjonen kan berre brukast når støtta for asiatiske språk er slått på." + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3143284.24.help.text +msgid "Main Entry" +msgstr "Framhev" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3151248.25.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_MAIN_ENTRY\">Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.</ahelp> $[officename] displays the page number of the main entry in a different format than the other entries in the index." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_MAIN_ENTRY\">Gjer den valde teksten framheva i stikkordlista.</ahelp> $[officename] viser sidetalet til slike stikkord med anna formatering enn dei andre oppføringane i stikkordlista." + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3149821.13.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3149821.13.help.text" +msgid "Level" +msgstr "Innrykksnivå" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3147098.14.help.text +msgid "Entries using the paragraph format \"Heading X\" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_LEVEL\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3149175.16.help.text +msgid "This option is available only for table of contents and user-defined index entries." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3156278.19.help.text +msgid "Apply to all similar texts" +msgstr "Bruk på alle liknande tekstar" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3145783.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_APPLY_ALL\">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_APPLY_ALL\">Markerer alle andre førekomstar av den merka teksten i dokumentet automatisk. Tekst i topptekstar, botntekstar, rammer og bilettekstar blir ikkje tekne med.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3155920.21.help.text +msgid "You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry </emph>that you entered manually in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3147496.18.help.text +msgid "To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose<emph> Edit - Find & Replace</emph>, and click <emph>Find All</emph>. Then choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> and click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3149568.32.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3149568.32.help.text" +msgid "Match case" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3147741.33.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3147741.33.help.text" +msgid "Whole words only" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3146345.26.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3146345.26.help.text" +msgid "Insert" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3149845.27.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_OK\">Marks an index entry in your text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_OK\">Markerer eit stikkord i teksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3148855.34.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3148855.34.help.text" +msgid "Close" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3154777.35.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_CLOSE\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_CLOSE\">Lukkar dialogboksen.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3151083.28.help.text +msgid "New user-defined index" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3150161.29.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEW\">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialog where you can create a custom index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEW\">Opnar eit dialogvindauge der du kan <emph>laga eit nytt, brukardefinert register</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3153296.30.help.text +msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3153296.30.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3153507.31.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_NEW_USER_IDX:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_NEW_USER_IDX:ED_NAME\">Skriv inn eit namn for det nye brukardefinerte registeret. Det nye registeret blir lagt til lista over tilgjengelege register og innhaldslister.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3156124.38.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Starting Document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Starting Document</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text +msgid "Specify the document that you want to use as a base for the mail merge document." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text +msgid "Use the current document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Bruk det opne Writer-dokumentet som grunnlag for brevflettingsdokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text +msgid "Create a new document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lag eit nytt Writer-dokument som skal brukast til brevfletting.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text +msgid "Start from existing document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel eit eksisterande Writer-dokument som grunnlag for brevflettingsdokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text" +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text +msgid "Start from a template" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10576.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel kva for mal du vil laga brevflettingsdokumentet ut frå.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text" +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opnar dialogvindauget <emph>Malar og dokument</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text +msgid "Start from a recently saved starting document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10588.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Bruk eit eksisterande brevflettingsdokument som grunnlag for eit nytt brevflettingsdokument.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN106F6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1058B.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Document type\">Mail Merge Wizard - Document type</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120229.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Define Bibliography Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3147176.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3151183.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTH_ENTRY\">Change the content of a bibliography entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTH_ENTRY\">Endra innhaldet i ei litteraturtilvising.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3151175.3.help.text +msgid "Entry data" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3145419.4.help.text +msgid "Enter a short name and select the appropriate source type. You can now enter data into the other fields belonging for the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text +msgctxt "04120229.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text" +msgid "Short name" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3145582.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER\">Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER\">Viser kortnamnet på litteraturtilvisinga. Du kan berre skriva inn eit namn her om du opprettar ei ny litteraturtilvising.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3153527.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4\">This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4\">Her kan du velja oppføringsdata for litteraturlista.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3155185.7.help.text +msgctxt "04120229.xhp#hd_id3155185.7.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3143283.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE\">Select the source for the bibliography entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE\">Vel kjelde for litteraturtilvisinga.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3147091.12.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Formatting bibliography entries\">Formatting bibliography entries</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Variables" +msgstr "Variabel" + +#: 04090005.xhp#bm_id8526261.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined fields, restriction</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>brukarvalde felt, avgrensingar</bookmark_value>" + +#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3153716.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\">Variables</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150764.2.help.text +msgid "Variable fields let you add dynamic content to your document. For example, you can use a variable to reset the page numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149759.3.help.text +msgid "User-defined fields are only available in the current document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243625.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243625.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150703.4.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3150703.4.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154096.5.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3154096.5.help.text" +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149803.6.help.text +msgid "Set Variable" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150996.7.help.text +msgid "Defines a variable and its value. You can change the value of a variable by clicking in front of the variable field, and then choosing <emph>Edit - Field</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154571.8.help.text +msgid "Show Variable" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3153669.9.help.text +msgid "Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the <emph>Selection </emph>list." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3147531.10.help.text +msgid "DDE field" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149684.11.help.text +msgid "Inserts a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link into the document, that you can update as often as you want through the assigned name." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3159196.12.help.text +msgid "Insert Formula" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3151322.13.help.text +msgid "Inserts a fixed number, or the result of a formula." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149494.14.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3149494.14.help.text" +msgid "Input field" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154829.15.help.text +msgid "Inserts a new value for a variable or a User Field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149098.37.help.text +msgid "The value of a variable in an Input field is only valid from where the field is inserted and onwards. To change the value of the variable later in the document, insert another Input field of the same name, but with a different value. However, the value of a User Field is changed globally." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3151255.38.help.text +msgid "The variables are displayed in the <emph>Selection</emph> field. When you click the <emph>Insert</emph> button, the dialog<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"Input Field\"><emph>Input Field</emph></link> appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149034.16.help.text +msgid "Number range" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3152772.17.help.text +msgid "Inserts automatic numbering for tables, graphics, or text frames." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3147073.18.help.text +msgid "Set page variable" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154389.19.help.text +msgid "Inserts a reference point in the document, after which the page count restarts. Select \"on\" to enable the reference point, and \"off\" to disable it. You can also enter an offset to start the page count at a different number." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3156267.20.help.text +msgid "Show Page Variable" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150588.21.help.text +msgid "Displays the number of pages from the \"Set page variable\" reference point to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3145779.22.help.text +msgid "User Field" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3151377.23.help.text +msgid "Inserts a custom global variable. You can use the User Field to define a variable for a condition statement. When you change a User Field, all instances of the variable in the document are updated." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243892.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243892.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3148886.25.help.text +msgid "For user-defined fields, click the format that you want to apply in the <emph>Format </emph>list, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243880.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243951.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3155860.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARFORMAT\">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARFORMAT\">I <emph>Formatlista</emph> kan du velja om verdiane skal setjast inn som tekst eller tal.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3888363.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3888363.help.text" +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Utval" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id7453535.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id7453535.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3326822.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3326822.help.text" +msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150696.36.help.text +msgid "In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the \"Set variable\" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value </emph>box is converted to an opening HTML <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags\" name=\"tag\">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149555.46.help.text +msgid "If you double-click an entry while holding the Ctrl key or select the desired variable and press the spacebar, it is immediately inserted into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3155969.27.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3155969.27.help.text" +msgid "Formula" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3155982.28.help.text +msgid "This option is only available if the \"Insert formula\" field type is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3149229.29.help.text +msgid "Invisible" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3156233.30.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_CB_VARINVISIBLE\">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the \"Set Variable\" and \"User Field\" field types." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3146326.39.help.text +msgid "Chapter numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3146340.40.help.text +msgid "Sets the options for resetting chapter numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3147456.41.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3147456.41.help.text" +msgid "Level" +msgstr "Innrykksnivå" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149836.42.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARCHAPTERLEVEL\">Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARCHAPTERLEVEL\">Vel overskrifta eller kapittelnivået der du vil at nummereringa i dokumentet skal starta på nytt.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3147594.43.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3147594.43.help.text" +msgid "Separator" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3148846.44.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_VAR_ED_VARSEPARATOR\">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_VAR_ED_VARSEPARATOR\">Skriv inn teiknet du vil bruka som skiljeteikn mellom overskrifts- eller kapittelnivå.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3147057.31.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3147057.31.help.text" +msgid "Apply" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3155562.32.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_APPLY\">Adds the user-defined field to the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_APPLY\">Legg til det brukardefinerte feltet i <emph>utvalslista</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3151080.33.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3151080.33.help.text" +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Fjern" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154769.34.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_DELETE\">Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.</ahelp> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_DELETE\">Slett det brukardefinerte feltet frå utvalslista. Du kan berre fjerna felt som ikkje blir brukt i dokumentet du arbeider med.</ahelp> Dersom du vil fjerna eit felt som er i bruk i dokumentet, slettar du først alle førekomstane av feltet i dokumentet, før du fjernar det frå lista." + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3145318.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153293\" src=\"svx/res/nu02.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153293\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150169.35.help.text +msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3150169.35.help.text" +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Fjern" + +#: 02150000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "02150000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Footnote/Endnote" +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3143276.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Footnotes\">Footnote/Endnote</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149097.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"fusstext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditFootnote\">Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149035.13.help.text +msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the footnote area at the bottom of the page, or at the end of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3145776.11.help.text +msgid "To quickly jump to the footnote or endnote text, click the anchor for note in the document. You can also position the cursor in front of or behind the marker, and then press Ctrl+Shift+PgDn. To jump back to the anchor for the note, press PgUp." +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3155916.4.help.text +msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3155916.4.help.text" +msgid "Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3151373.12.help.text +msgid "Select the numbering type for the footnote or endnote." +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3150685.5.help.text +msgid "Auto" +msgstr "Auto" + +#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3155858.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3155858.7.help.text" +msgid "Character" +msgstr "Teikn" + +#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3150113.14.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3150113.14.help.text" +msgid "..." +msgstr "…" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149849.19.help.text +msgid "To change the format of a footnote or endnote anchor or text, select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window and modify the footnote or endnote paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3153296.15.help.text +msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3153296.15.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3153308.20.help.text +msgid "Select the type of note to insert, that is, footnote or endnote. A footnote is placed at the bottom of the current page, whereas an endnote is placed at the end of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3156130.16.help.text +msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3156130.16.help.text" +msgid "Footnote" +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3156098.21.help.text +msgid "Converts an endnote to a footnote." +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3156111.17.help.text +msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3156111.17.help.text" +msgid "Endnote" +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3155079.22.help.text +msgid "Converts a footnote to an endnote." +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3154323.23.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Arrow left" +msgstr "Gå til førre stikkordmarkering" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3154341.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_PREV\">Moves to the previous footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_PREV\">Gå til førre fotnote- eller sluttnotemerke i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3150023.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150030\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150030\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3154614.25.help.text +msgid "Previous footnote" +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3154630.26.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Arrow right" +msgstr "Gå til neste stikkordmarkering" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149638.27.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NEXT\">Moves to the next footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NEXT\">Gå til neste fotnote- eller sluttnotemerke i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3154029.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154044\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154044\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149606.28.help.text +msgid "Next footnote" +msgstr "" + +#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3150772.33.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote\">Insert Footnote/Endnote</link> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 05110200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05110200.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Optimal Height" +msgstr "" + +#: 05110200.xhp#hd_id3150010.1.help.text +msgctxt "05110200.xhp#hd_id3150010.1.help.text" +msgid "Optimal Height" +msgstr "" + +#: 05110200.xhp#par_id3147436.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"zeilenhoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight\" visibility=\"visible\">Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> This is the default setting for new tables.</variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"zeilenhoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight\" visibility=\"visible\">Juster høgda på radene automatisk til å passa med innhaldet i cellene.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05110200.xhp#par_id3154765.3.help.text +msgid "This option is only available if the table contains a row with a fixed height." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Navigator" +msgstr "Dokumentstruktur" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3151177.85.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Dokumentstruktur</link>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149802.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Navigator\">Shows or hides the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Navigator\">Viser eller gøymer dokumentstrukturen, der du kan hoppa raskt til ulike delar av dokumentet. Du kan òg bruka dokumentstrukturen til å setja inn element frå andre opne dokument eller til å handtera hovuddokument.</ahelp> Dersom du vil redigera eit element i dokumentstrukturen, høgreklikkar du og vel ein funksjon frå sprettoppmenyen. Dersom du vil, kan du <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">setja fast</link> dokumentstrukturvindauget i kanten på arbeidsområdet." + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154475.3.help.text +msgid "To open the Navigator, choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph>. To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left or to the right edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, hold down the Ctrl key and double-click on a grey area of the Navigator." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149490.79.help.text +msgid "Click the plus sign (+) next to a category in the Navigator to view the items in the category. To view the number of items in a category, rest your mouse pointer over the category in the Navigator. To jump to an item in the document, double-click the item in the Navigator." +msgstr "Trykk på plussteiknet (+) ved siden av ein kategori i <emph>Dokumentstruktur</emph> for å visa elementa i kategorien. For å sjå talet på punkt i ein kategori, kan du la musepeikaren kvile over kategorien i dokumentstrukturen. For å gå til eit element i dokumentet, kan du dobbeltklikka på elementet i dokumentstrukturen." + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149106.64.help.text +msgid "To jump to the next or previous item in a document, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon to open the Navigation toolbar, click the item category, and then click the up or down arrows." +msgstr "Du kan gå til neste eller førre element i dokumentet ved å trykkja på ikonet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigering</link>, slik at verktøylinja <emph>Navigering</emph> opnar seg. Vel den kategorien du ønskjer, og bruk deretter pil opp og ned. " + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155136.90.help.text +msgid "A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text \"hidden\" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes." +msgstr "Ein gøymd bolk i eit dokument vert vist med grå farge i <emph>Dokumentstruktur</emph>, og viser teksten «Gøymd», når du lèt musepeikaren kvila over han. Det same gjeld for innhaldet i topp- og botntekstar i sidestilar som ikkje er brukte i eit dokument, gøymt innhald i tabellar, tekstrammer, bilete, OLE-objekt og register." + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3149176.66.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3149176.66.help.text" +msgid "Toggle" +msgstr "Slå av/på" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155917.67.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open.</ahelp>Switches between <link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"master view\">master view</link> and normal view if a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link> is open." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Byter mellom hovudvising og normal visning dersom eit hovuddokument er ope.</ahelp>Byter mellom <link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"master view\">hovudvising</link> og normal vising dersom eit <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">hovuddokument</link> er ope." + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150689.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150695\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150695\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149568.68.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3149568.68.help.text" +msgid "Toggle" +msgstr "Slå av/på" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3145272.69.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3145272.69.help.text" +msgid "Navigation" +msgstr "Navigering" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150558.70.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opnar verktøylinja <emph>Navigering</emph>, der du raskt kan gå til neste eller førre element i kategorien du har valt. Vel kategorien og trykk på pilene for førre eller neste element.</ahelp>Opnar verktøylinja <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigering</link>, der du raskt kan gå til neste eller førre element i kategorien du har valt. Vel kategorien og trykk på pilene for førre eller neste element." + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149838.83.help.text +msgid "To continue the search, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Repeat Search\"><emph>Repeat Search</emph></link> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar." +msgstr "For å halda fram søket, trykkjer du på ikonet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Repeat Search\"><emph>Gjenta søk</emph></link> på den flytande verktøylinja <emph>Navigering</emph>." + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_idN1087B.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3628141\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20249.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3628141\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154341.71.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3154341.71.help.text" +msgid "Navigation" +msgstr "Navigering" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150096.28.help.text +msgid "Previous" +msgstr "Førre" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148784.29.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\".</ahelp>Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\"." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Går til førre element i dokumentet. For å oppgje kva for element du vil gå til, trykk på knappen <emph>Navigering</emph>, og deretter ein elementkategori (t.d. «Bilete»). </ahelp>Går til førre element i dokumentet. For å oppgje kva for element du vil gå til, trykk på knappen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigering</link>, og deretter ein elementkategori (t.d. «Bilete»)." + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154616.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154622\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20186.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154622\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150659.30.help.text +msgid "Previous Object" +msgstr "Førre objekt" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150675.31.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3150675.31.help.text" +msgid "Next" +msgstr "Neste" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154028.32.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\".</ahelp>Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\"." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Går til neste element i dokumentet. For å oppgje kva for element du vil gå til, trykk på knappen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigering</emph></link>, og deretter ein elementkategori (t.d. «Bilete»). </ahelp>Går til neste element i dokumentet. For å oppgje kva for element du vil gå til, trykk på knappen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigering</link>, og deretter ein elementkategori (t.d. «Bilete»)." + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150767.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150773\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20175.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150773\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155359.33.help.text +msgid "Next Object" +msgstr "Neste objekt" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3148715.72.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3148715.72.help.text" +msgid "Page number" +msgstr "Sidetal" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155548.73.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX16\">Type the number of the page number that you want to jump to, and then press Enter.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX16\">Skriv inn sidetalet på sida du vil gå til og trykk «Enter».</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148933.74.help.text +msgid "To quickly move the cursor to another page while you are in a document, press Shift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F5, type the number of the page that you want to jump to, and then wait a few moments." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3155308.7.help.text +msgid "List Box" +msgstr "Listeboks" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155325.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX7\">Shows or hides the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX7\">Viser eller gøymer <emph>dokumentstrukturlista</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154949.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154955\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20233.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154955\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3146874.9.help.text +msgid "List box on/off" +msgstr "Vis/gøym liste" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3146891.10.help.text +msgid "Content View" +msgstr "Innhaldsvising" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145596.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX8\">Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX8\">Byt mellom vising av alle kategoriar i strukturvindauget og berre den valde kategorien.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154133.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154140\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154140\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3156067.12.help.text +msgid "Switch Content View" +msgstr "Byt innhaldsvising" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155932.78.help.text +msgid "To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the \"Headings\" category in the list, and then click the<emph> Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3155381.13.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3155381.13.help.text" +msgid "Set Reminder" +msgstr "Vel påminning" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153011.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, in the <emph>Navigation</emph> window click the <emph>Reminder</emph> icon, and then click the <emph>Previous</emph> or <emph>Next</emph> button.</ahelp>Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154608.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154904\" src=\"sw/imglst/sr20014.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154904\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153054.15.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3153054.15.help.text" +msgid "Set Reminder" +msgstr "Vel påminning" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3153070.17.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3153070.17.help.text" +msgid "Header" +msgstr "Topptekst" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3159242.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX10\">Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX10\">Flytt skrivemerket til toppteksten eller frå toppteksten til tekstområdet i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153900.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153911\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20179.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153911\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147104.19.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3147104.19.help.text" +msgid "Header" +msgstr "Topptekst" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3147120.20.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3147120.20.help.text" +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Botntekst" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147137.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX11\">Moves the cursor to the footer, or from the footer to the document text area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX11\">Flytt skrivemerket til botnteksten eller frå botnteksten til tekstområdet i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150217.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150224\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20177.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150224\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145220.22.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3145220.22.help.text" +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Botntekst" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3145237.23.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3145237.23.help.text" +msgid "Anchor <-> Text" +msgstr "Anker <-> Tekst" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150314.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX12\">Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX12\">Hopp mellom fotnoteteksten og fotnotemerket.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153100.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153108\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20182.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153108\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150650.25.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3150650.25.help.text" +msgid "Anchor <-> Text" +msgstr "Anker <-> Tekst" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3154292.34.help.text +msgid "Drag Mode" +msgstr "Dra-modus" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155828.35.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX4\">Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX4\">Vel alternativ for innsetjing av element ved å dra og sleppa frå dokumentstrukturen til eit dokument. Trykk på denne knappen og vel eit alternativ, til dømes innsetjing som hyperlenkje.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155120.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155126\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155126\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"cmd/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147042.36.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Drag mode" +msgstr "Dra-modus" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150938.37.help.text +msgid "Insert As Hyperlink" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150954.38.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\">Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\">Lagar ei hyperlenkje når du dreg og slepp eit elementi nn i dette dokumentet. Trykk på hyperlenkja for å gå til elementet som hyperlenkja viser til.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3154354.39.help.text +msgid "Insert As Link" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154371.40.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\">Set inn element som ei lenkje der du slepper det i dokumentet. Tekst blir sett inn som skriveverna bolkar. Innhaldet til lekkja blir automatisk oppdatert når kjelda blir endra. Trykk <emph>Verktøy → Oppdater → Lenkjer</emph> for å oppdatera lenkjene i eit dokument manuelt. Det er ikkje mogleg å oppretta lenkjer til grafikk, OLE-objekt, referansar eller register.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3155572.42.help.text +msgid "Insert As Copy" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155589.43.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\">Set inn ein kopi av valde element der du slepp det i dokumentet. Det er ikkje mogleg å lage kopiar av grafikk, OLE-objekt, referansar eller register på denne måten.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150507.45.help.text +msgid "Outline Level" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150529.46.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX13\">Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking a heading in the Navigator window." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX13\">Trykk her for å velja talet på disposisjonsnivå med overskrifter som skal visast i dokumentstrukturvindauget.</ahelp> Du finn òg denne kommandoen når du høgreklikkar på ei overskrift i dokumentstrukturen." + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3148808.76.help.text +msgid "1-10" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148826.77.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\">Click <emph>1 </emph>to only view the top level headings in the Navigator window, and <emph>10</emph> to view all of the headings.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\">Trykk på <emph>1</emph> om du berre vil sjå overskriftene på toppnivå i dokumentstrukturvindauget. Trykk på <emph>10</emph> om du vil sjå alle overskriftene.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153588.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153595\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153595\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145554.47.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3145554.47.help.text" +msgid "Outline level" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3145571.48.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3145571.48.help.text" +msgid "Chapter Up" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145587.49.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX5\">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153268.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153275\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153275\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149575\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149147.50.help.text +msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3149147.50.help.text" +msgid "Chapter Up" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3154424.51.help.text +msgid "Chapter Down" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154440.52.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX6\">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153768.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150828\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150828\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150870.53.help.text +msgid "Chapter down" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3151338.55.help.text +msgid "Promote Level" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3151354.56.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX14\">Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155414.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155420\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153697.57.help.text +msgid "Promote level" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3153714.58.help.text +msgid "Demote Level" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150707.59.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX15\">Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148414.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148420\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147324.60.help.text +msgid "Demote level" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3147340.61.help.text +msgid "Open Documents" +msgstr "Opna dokument" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148999.62.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX\">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word \"active\" after its name in the list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149025.63.help.text +msgid "You can also right-click an item in the Navigator, choose <emph>Display</emph>, and then click the document that you want to view." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04090006.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Database" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3153536.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\">Database</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3154471.2.help.text +msgid "You can insert fields from any database, for example, address fields, into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id090220080439090.help.text +msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_id090220080439090.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3154196.3.help.text +msgid "Field type" +msgstr "Felttype" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149484.4.help.text +msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_id3149484.4.help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149096.5.help.text +msgid "Any Record" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3151257.6.help.text +msgid "Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the <emph>Record Number</emph> box as a mail merge field if the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Condition\"><emph>Condition</emph></link> that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147100.7.help.text +msgid "You can use this field to insert several records into a document. Simply insert the <emph>Any Record</emph> field in front of the form letter fields that use a certain record." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3153632.8.help.text +msgid "Database Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3152776.9.help.text +msgid "Inserts the name of the database table selected in the <emph>Database selection </emph>box. The \"Database Name\" field is a global field, that is, if you insert a different database name in your document, the contents of all previously inserted \"Database Name\" fields are updated." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149167.15.help.text +msgid "Mail merge field" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3145779.16.help.text +msgid "Inserts the name of a database field as a placeholder, so that you can create a mail merge document. The field content is automatically inserted when you print the form letter." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3151372.12.help.text +msgid "Next record" +msgstr "Neste post" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3150114.13.help.text +msgid "Inserts the contents of the next mail merge field in your document, if the condition that you define is met. The records that you want to include must be selected in the data source view." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3155861.14.help.text +msgid "You can use the \"Next record\" field to insert the contents of consecutive records between the mail merge fields in a document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147412.10.help.text +msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_id3147412.10.help.text" +msgid "Record number" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147495.11.help.text +msgid "Inserts the number of the selected database record." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3149565.17.help.text +msgid "Database Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3145268.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DB_SELECTION_TLB\">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DB_SELECTION_TLB\">Velg databasetabellen eller databasespørjinga du vil at feltet skal visa til.</ahelp> Du kan ta med felt frå fleire enn éin database eller éi spørjing i eit dokument." + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id0902200804391084.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147739.19.help.text +msgid "If you want, you can assign a condition that must be met before the contents of the \"Any Record\" and \"Next Record\" fields are inserted. The default condition is \"True\", that is, the condition is always true if you do not change the condition text." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3146336.20.help.text +msgctxt "04090006.xhp#hd_id3146336.20.help.text" +msgid "Record number" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149836.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBSETNUMBER\">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBSETNUMBER\">Skriv inn nummeret på posten du vil setja inn når eit særskilt vilkår er fylt.</ahelp> Postnummeret svarar til utvalet i datakjeldevisinga. Dersom du til dømes vel dei 5 siste postane i ein database med 10 postar, får den første posten nummer 1, ikkje 6." + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3153305.22.help.text +msgid "If you refer to fields in a different database (or in a different table or query within the same database), $[officename] determines the record number relative to the current selection." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3156109.23.help.text +msgctxt "04090006.xhp#hd_id3156109.23.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3156122.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3150904.25.help.text +msgid "From database" +msgstr "Frå database" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3150922.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBOWNFORMAT\">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBOWNFORMAT\">Bruk formatet som er valt i databasen.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN1076E.help.text +msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_idN1076E.help.text" +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10772.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"878711313\">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"878711313\">Opnar eit dialogvindauge der du kan velja ei databasefil (*.odb). Den valde fila vert lagd til i databaseval-lista.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3155084.27.help.text +msgid "User defined" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3154333.28.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBFORMAT\">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBFORMAT\">Legg til formatet du valde i lista over <emph>brukardefinerte format</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3146948.29.help.text +msgid "List of user-defined formats" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3150093.30.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DB:LB_DBFORMAT\">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DB:LB_DBFORMAT\">Viser dei tilgjengelege brukardefinerte formata.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN107FF.help.text +msgid "Printing a form letter" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10803.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Når du skriv ut eit dokument med databasefelt, vert du spurd om du vil skriva ut eit fletta brev. Dersom du svarar ja, får du opp dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">brevfletting</link>, der du kan velja kva databasepostar som skal skrivast ut.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10812.help.text +msgid "Do not show warning again" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10816.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Suppresses this dialog from now on. There is no easy way to get it back!</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120500.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05120500.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Fjern" + +#: 05120500.xhp#hd_id3145801.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp\" name=\"Delete\">Delete</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05120500.xhp#par_id3153418.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\">Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\">Slett dei valde kolonnane frå tabellen.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05120500.xhp#par_id3156385.3.help.text +msgid "This command is only available if the cursor is in a table." +msgstr "Denne funksjonen er berre tilgjengeleg viss skrivemerket er i ein tabell." + +#: 05100400.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Unprotect" +msgstr "" + +#: 05100400.xhp#hd_id3149052.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Unprotect\">Unprotect</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05100400.xhp#par_id3083450.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly\">Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05100400.xhp#par_id3154558.3.help.text +msgid "To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T." +msgstr "" + +#: 05100400.xhp#par_id3150765.4.help.text +msgid "You can also remove cell protection from a table in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05110300.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05110300.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Select" +msgstr "" + +#: 05110300.xhp#hd_id3154650.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp\" name=\"Select\">Select</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05110300.xhp#par_id3151389.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireRow\" visibility=\"visible\">Selects the row that contains the cursor.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireRow\" visibility=\"visible\">Vel rada som inneheld skrivemerket.</ahelp>" + +#: 05110300.xhp#par_id3149352.3.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "This option is only available if the cursor is in a table." +msgstr "Denne funksjonen er berre tilgjengeleg viss skrivemerket er i ein tabell." + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text +msgid "Specify the recipients for the mail merge document as well as the layout of the address block." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text +msgid "The Mail Merge wizard opens to this page if you start the wizard in a text document that already contains address database fields. If the wizard opens directly to this page, the <emph>Select address list</emph> button is called <emph>Select different address list</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text +msgid "The title of this page is <emph>Address block</emph> for letters and <emph>Address list</emph> for e-mail messages." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text +msgid "Select address list" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1056C.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opnar dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">Vel adresseliste</link>, der du kan velja ei datakjelde for adresser, leggja til nye adresser eller skriva inn ei ny adresseliste.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_id7805413.help.text +msgid "When you edit some records in a Calc spreadsheet data source that is currently in use for a mail merge, those changes are not visible in the mail merge." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text +msgid "This document shall contain an address block" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10581.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds an address block to the mail merge document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Legg til ei adresseblokk i brevflettingsdokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the address block layout that you want to use.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel kva adressebokoppsett du vil bruka.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#hd_id9355754.help.text +msgid "Suppress lines with just empty fields" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_id3109225.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text" +msgid "More" +msgstr "Modus" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1058B.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opnar dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">Vel adresseblokk</link>.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text" +msgid "Match fields" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opnar dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">Vel adresseblokk</link>.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text" +msgid "(Browse buttons)" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B5.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B5.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B8.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation\">Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060900.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3149879.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp\" name=\"Options\">Options</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149708.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_ADD\">Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_ADD\">Oppgi eigenskapane for det valde objektet, biletet eller ramma.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3151183.3.help.text +msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3151183.3.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147568.4.help.text +msgid "Specifies the name of the selected item, and associated links." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3151178.5.help.text +msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3151178.5.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147510.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_NAME\">Gi det valde elementet eit namn.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3154565.7.help.text +msgid "Assign an object, graphic or frame a meaningful name, so that you can quickly locate it afterwards in long documents." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3153674.15.help.text +msgid "Alternative text (floating frames, graphics, and objects only)" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3150977.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_ALT_NAME\">Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_ALT_NAME\">Skriv inn teksten som skal visast i ein nettlesar når det valde elementet er utilgjengeleg. Alternativ tekst blir også brukt som eit hjelpemiddel for folk med funksjonshemmingar.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3155903.23.help.text +msgid "Previous link" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3154192.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_PREV\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_PREV\">Vis elementet (objektet, biletet eller ramma) som kjem før dette elementet i ein lenkja rekkjefølgje. For å leggja til eller endra den førre lenkja, vel du eit namn frå lista. Dersom du lenkjer rammer må den gjeldande ramma og målramma vera tomme.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3159198.25.help.text +msgid "Next link" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149485.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_NEXT\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_NEXT\">Vis elementet (objektet, biletet eller ramma) som kjem etter dette elementet i ei lenkja rekkjefølgje. For å leggja til eller endra den neste lenkja, vel du eit namn frå lista. Målramma må vere tom dersom du lenkjer rammer.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3143280.27.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3143280.27.help.text" +msgid "Protect" +msgstr "Verna" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3154834.28.help.text +msgid "Specifies protection options for the selected item." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3149820.9.help.text +msgid "Protect Contents" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149105.17.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT\">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT\">Hindrar at innhaldet i det valde elementet blir endra.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147099.29.help.text +msgid "You can still copy the contents of the selected item." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3148979.10.help.text +msgid "Protect Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147225.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_FRAME\">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_FRAME\">Lås posisjonen til elementet i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3153629.12.help.text +msgid "Protect Size" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147576.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_SIZE\">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_SIZE\">Lås storleiken til det valde elementet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3152770.8.help.text +msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3152770.8.help.text" +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3155137.16.help.text +msgid "Specifies print and text options for the selected item." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3153345.18.help.text +msgid "Editable in read-only document (frames only)" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149167.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_EDIT_IN_READONLY\">Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_EDIT_IN_READONLY\">Trykk her for å redigera innhaldet i ei ramme, sjølv om dokumentet er skriveverna.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3156269.14.help.text +msgid "Print" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3151028.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PRINT_FRAME\">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PRINT_FRAME\">Ta med det valde elementet når du skriv ut dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3145776.33.help.text +msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3145776.33.help.text" +msgid "Text flow" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3151374.32.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW\">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW\">Oppgi retning for tekstflyten i ei ramme. Vel <emph>Bruk overstyrande objektinnstillingar</emph> frå lista om du vil bruka tekstflytinnstillingane som er standard for sida.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3150689.34.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040200.xhp\" name=\"Text direction\">Text direction</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 06210000.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Links" +msgstr "Linje" + +#: 06210000.xhp#hd_id3155962.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp\" name=\"Links\">Links</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 06210000.xhp#par_id3149499.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllLinks\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the links in the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllLinks\" visibility=\"visible\">Oppdater lenkjene i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05030200.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Text Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#bm_id2502212.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>text flow;at breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;keeping together at breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protecting;text flow</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>orphans</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>block protect, see also widows or orphans</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3083447.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3145824.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH_EXT\">Specify hyphenation and pagination options.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH_EXT\">Innstillingar for bruk av orddeling og sideinndeling.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149882.3.help.text +msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149882.3.help.text" +msgid "Hyphenation" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3150564.4.help.text +msgid "Specify the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"hyphenation\">hyphenation</link> options for text documents." +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153920.5.help.text +msgid "Automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154640.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_HYPHEN\">Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_HYPHEN\">Set automatisk inn bindestrek i eit avsnitt når dei trengst.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3150766.7.help.text +msgid "Characters at line end" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3149291.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENBEFORE\">Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENBEFORE\">Vel det minste talet på teikn som skal vera på slutten av linja før ein bindestrek blir sett inn.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3145413.9.help.text +msgid "Characters at line begin" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3147515.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENAFTER\">Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENAFTER\">Vel det minste talet på teikn som må vera på linja etter bindestreken.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149804.11.help.text +msgid "Maximum no. of consecutive hyphens" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3153536.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_MAXHYPH\">Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_MAXHYPH\">Skriv inn det høgste talet på linjer etter kvarandre som kan delast med bindestrek.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153665.43.help.text +msgid "Breaks" +msgstr "Linjeskift" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154470.44.help.text +msgid "Specify the page or column <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"break\">break</link> options." +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3152957.15.help.text +msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3152957.15.help.text" +msgid "Insert" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154574.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGEBREAK\">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGEBREAK\">Vel denne avkryssingsboksen, og vel så kva slags skift du vil bruka.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149687.39.help.text +msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149687.39.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154195.41.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKTYPE\">Select the break type that you want to insert.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKTYPE\">Vel kva type skift du vil setja inn.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3145766.40.help.text +msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3145766.40.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3155187.42.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKPOSITION\">Select where you want to insert the break.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKPOSITION\">Vel kvar du vil setja inn skiftet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149482.25.help.text +msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149482.25.help.text" +msgid "With Page Style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3143275.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGECOLL\">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGECOLL\">Vel denne avkryssingsboksen før du vel kva slags sidestil du vil bruka for den første sida etter skiftet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149104.27.help.text +msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149104.27.help.text" +msgid "Page Style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154837.28.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:LB_PAGECOLL\">Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:LB_PAGECOLL\">Vel formateringsstilen som skal brukast på den første sida etter skiftet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149827.37.help.text +msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149827.37.help.text" +msgid "Page number" +msgstr "Sidetal" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3147089.38.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_PAGENUM\">Enter the page number that you want to appear on the first page after the break. If you want to use the current page numbering, select \"0\".</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3148978.13.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3148978.13.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3147219.14.help.text +msgid "Specify the text flow options for paragraphs that appear before and after a page break." +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153635.29.help.text +msgid "Do not split paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3149040.30.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_KEEPTOGETHER\">Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_KEEPTOGETHER\">Flytter heile avsnittet til neste side eller spalte etter at eit skift er sett inn.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3147585.31.help.text +msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3147585.31.help.text" +msgid "Keep with next paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3152779.32.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:CB_KEEPTOGETHER\">Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:CB_KEEPTOGETHER\">Hald dette avsnittet og neste avsnitt saman når eit skift eller eit spalteskift er sett inn.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153345.33.help.text +msgid "Orphan control" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3156279.34.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_ORPHANS\">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_ORPHANS\">Oppgi det minste talet på linjer i eit avsnitt før eit sideskift. Vel denne avkryssingsboksen og skriv inn eit tal i <emph>Linjer</emph>-feltet.</ahelp> Dersom talet på linjer nedst på sida er mindre enn det som er valt i <emph>Linjer</emph>-feltet, vert heile avsnittet flytta til neste side." + +#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149180.35.help.text +msgid "Widow control" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3155918.36.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_WIDOWS\">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_WIDOWS\">Oppgi det minste talet på linjer i eit avsnitt på den første sida etter skiftet. Vel denne avkryssingsboksen og skriv inn eit tal i <emph>Linjer</emph>-feltet.</ahelp> Dersom talet på linjer øvst på sida er mindre enn det som er valt i <emph>Linjer</emph>-feltet, vert skiftet flytta." + +#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3155860.45.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#schuster\" name=\"Orphans\">Orphans</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 01160400.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "AutoAbstract to Presentation" +msgstr "Autosamandrag til presentasjon" + +#: 01160400.xhp#hd_id3151183.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp\" name=\"AutoAbstract to Presentation\">AutoAbstract to Presentation</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp\" name=\"AutoAbstract to Presentation\">Autosamandrag til presentasjon</link>" + +#: 01160400.xhp#par_id3145412.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpre\">Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpre\">Opnar dokumentet som ein $[officename] Impress-presentasjon. Dokumentet må innehalda minst éin førehandsvald overskriftsstil.</ahelp>" + +#: 01160400.xhp#hd_id3149801.3.help.text +msgctxt "01160400.xhp#hd_id3149801.3.help.text" +msgid "Included Outline Levels" +msgstr "Inkluderte disposisjonsnivå" + +#: 01160400.xhp#par_id3153667.4.help.text +msgid "Enter the number of outline levels to include in the new presentation. For example, if you choose one level, only the paragraphs that follow the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style are included." +msgstr "Oppgje talet på disposisjonsnivå som skal takast med i den nye presentasjonen. Dersom du til dømes vel eitt nivå, vil berre avsnitta som følgjer stilen «Overskrift 1» verta tekne med." + +#: 01160400.xhp#hd_id3154478.5.help.text +msgctxt "01160400.xhp#hd_id3154478.5.help.text" +msgid "Subpoints per Level" +msgstr "Underpunkt per nivå" + +#: 01160400.xhp#par_id3145580.6.help.text +msgid "Enter the number of paragraphs that you want to include below each outline level (heading). " +msgstr "Oppgje kor mange avsnitt du vil ha med under kvart disposisjonsnivå (overskrift)." + +#: 06080100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Footnotes" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3154705.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp\" name=\"Footnotes\">Footnotes</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149500.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_OPTIONS\">Specifies the formatting for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_OPTIONS\">Vel formateringa av fot- og sluttnotar.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154560.47.help.text +msgid "To set additional option for footnotes and endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149884.9.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3149884.9.help.text" +msgid "AutoNumbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148394.11.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3148394.11.help.text" +msgid "Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150568.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMVIEW\">Select the numbering style that you want to use for footnotes or endnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMVIEW\">Vel kva nummereringsstil du vil bruka for fotnotane eller sluttnotane.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147570.13.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3147570.13.help.text" +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Utval" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151180.14.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3151180.14.help.text" +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150763.15.help.text +msgid "A, B, C" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3153154.16.help.text +msgid "Uppercase" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151171.17.help.text +msgid "a, b, c" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147508.18.help.text +msgid "Lowercase" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150706.19.help.text +msgid "I, II, III" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3152940.20.help.text +msgid "Roman numerals (upper case)" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3153530.21.help.text +msgid "i, ii, iii" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150359.22.help.text +msgid "Roman numerals (lower case)" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150981.23.help.text +msgid "1, 2, 3" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154569.24.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3154569.24.help.text" +msgid "Arabic numerals" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147525.57.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3147525.57.help.text" +msgid "A,... AA,... AAA,..." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155895.58.help.text +msgid "Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at \"AA\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154194.59.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3154194.59.help.text" +msgid "a,... aa,... aaa,..." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149297.60.help.text +msgid "Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at \"aa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3151330.25.help.text +msgid "Counting" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155186.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMCOUNT\">Select the numbering option for the footnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMCOUNT\">Vel nummereringsinnstilling for fotnotane.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149096.65.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Option" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151256.66.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3151256.66.help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147094.27.help.text +msgid "Per page" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3148983.28.help.text +msgid "Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page </emph>check box is selected in the <emph>Position </emph>area." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149040.29.help.text +msgid "Per chapter" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3152766.30.help.text +msgid "Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the beginning of each chapter." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155147.31.help.text +msgid "Per document" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3153347.32.help.text +msgid "Numbers the footnotes in the document sequentially." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149167.33.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3149167.33.help.text" +msgid "Start at" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3156268.34.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected \"Per Document\" in the <emph>Counting </emph>box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3151036.50.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3151036.50.help.text" +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150587.51.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \"To \" to display \"To 1\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3156364.52.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3156364.52.help.text" +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155906.53.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \")\" to display \"1)\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148875.3.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3148875.3.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148888.5.help.text +msgid "End of page" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151385.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_PAGE\">Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_PAGE\">Viser fotnotar nedst på sida.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149549.7.help.text +msgid "End of document" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150123.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_CHAPTER\">Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_CHAPTER\">Viser fotnotar som sluttnotar, altså sist i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3155871.35.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3155871.35.help.text" +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "Stil" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150695.36.help.text +msgid "To ensure a uniform appearance for the footnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnotes." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3147418.37.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3147418.37.help.text" +msgid "Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147620.38.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">Select the paragraph style for the footnote text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">Vel avsnittsstilen for fotnoteteksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3147495.39.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3147495.39.help.text" +msgid "Page" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3145128.40.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">Vel sidestilen du vil bruka for fotnotane.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149229.49.help.text +msgid "This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is selected in the <emph>Position</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3147742.61.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3147742.61.help.text" +msgid "Character Styles" +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3146335.62.help.text +msgid "You can assign styles to footnote anchors and text. You can use the predefined footnote styles, or use a different style." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149834.63.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3149834.63.help.text" +msgid "Text area" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147592.64.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">Vel teiknstilen du vil bruka for fotnotemerka i tekstområdet i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148845.55.help.text +msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3148845.55.help.text" +msgid "Footnote area" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3148863.56.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">Vel teiknstilen du vil bruka for fotnotetala i fotnoteområdet.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3155575.41.help.text +msgid "Continuation notice" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148445.43.help.text +msgid "End of Footnote" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151091.46.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT\">Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, \"Continued on Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page. </ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3154784.45.help.text +msgid "Start of next page" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154089.44.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT_FROM\">Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, \"Continued from Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05190000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Split Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 05190000.xhp#bm_id3153246.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; splitting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting tables; at cursor position</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dividing tables</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellar; dela opp</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dela opp tabellar; ved skrivemerket</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dela tabellar</bookmark_value>" + +#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3153246.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp\" name=\"Split Table\">Split Table</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3083450.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\">Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking in a table cell." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\">Deler tabellen opp i to tabellar ved skrivemerket.</ahelp> Du kan òg velja denne kommandoen ved å høgreklikka i ei tabellcelle." + +#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3149351.3.help.text +msgid "Mode" +msgstr "Modus" + +#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3154554.5.help.text +msgid "Copy heading" +msgstr "" + +#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3154503.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_CNTNT\">Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_CNTNT\">Kopier første rada i den opphavlege tabellen som den første rada i den andre tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3149880.7.help.text +msgid "Custom heading (apply style)" +msgstr "" + +#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3148389.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_PARA\">Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_PARA\">Set inn ei ekstra, tom rad øvst i den andre tabellen med same stil som den første rada i den opphavlege tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3150568.9.help.text +msgid "Custom heading" +msgstr "" + +#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3149027.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_NOPARA\">Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_NOPARA\">Set inn ei ekstra, tom rad i den andre tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3153720.11.help.text +msgid "No heading" +msgstr "" + +#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3156318.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BORDER\">Splits the table without copying the header row.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BORDER\">Del opp tabellen utan å kopiera overskriftsrada.</ahelp>" + +#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3145411.13.help.text +msgid "When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected." +msgstr "" + +#: 02170000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "02170000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Edit Sections" +msgstr "" + +#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3153673.1.help.text +msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3153673.1.help.text" +msgid "Edit Sections" +msgstr "" + +#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3155902.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"bereichetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditRegion\">Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.</ahelp> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3143275.3.help.text +msgid "The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3149820.4.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3149820.4.help.text" +msgid "Section" +msgstr "Utval" + +#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3149104.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window." +msgstr "" + +#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3149040.6.help.text +msgid "The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3153638.20.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3153638.20.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3152773.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp\" name=\"Options\"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first." +msgstr "" + +#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3155143.16.help.text +msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3155143.16.help.text" +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3145413.17.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DISMISS\">Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04070300.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Skriver" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3154104.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp\">Printer</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Førehandsvis sida</link>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3153531.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_PRT\">Set the print options for the envelope.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_PRT\">Vel utskriftsinnstillingar for konvolutten.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3152960.3.help.text +msgid "Consult the documentation that came with your printer for setting up the printer for envelopes. Depending on the printer model, envelopes may have to be placed left, right, in the middle, and either face up or face down." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3153665.5.help.text +msgid "Horizontal left" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3154564.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_LEFT\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_LEFT\">Matar konvolutten liggjande frå venstre sida av skrivarskuffa.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155898.7.help.text +msgid "Horizontal center" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149694.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_CNTR\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_CNTR\">Matar konvolutten liggjande frå midten av skrivarskuffa.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155174.9.help.text +msgid "Horizontal right" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3143273.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_RGHT\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_RGHT\">Matar konvolutten liggjande frå høgre sida av skrivarskuffa.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3149488.11.help.text +msgid "Vertical left" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149823.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_LEFT\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_LEFT\">Matar konvolutten ståande frå venstre kanten av skrivarskuffa.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3151260.13.help.text +msgid "Vertical center" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3148968.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_CNTR\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_CNTR\">Matar konvolutten ståande frå midten av skrivarskuffa.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3153633.15.help.text +msgid "Vertical right" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149037.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_RGHT\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_RGHT\">Matar konvolutten ståande frå høgre kanten av skrivarskuffa.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3152773.17.help.text +msgid "Print from top" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3145763.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_TOP\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_TOP\">Matar konvolutten med utskriftssida opp i skrivarskuffa.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155146.19.help.text +msgid "Print from bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149178.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_BOTTOM\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_BOTTOM\">Matar konvolutten med utskriftssida ned i skrivarskuffa.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3156279.21.help.text +msgid "Shift right" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3145784.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_RIGHT\">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_RIGHT\">Vel kor mykje utskriftsområdet skal flyttast til høgre.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155921.23.help.text +msgid "Shift down" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3151383.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_DOWN\">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_DOWN\">Skriv inn kor mykje utskriftsområdet skal flyttast nedover.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3150123.25.help.text +msgid "Current printer" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3150696.26.help.text +msgid "Displays the name of the current printer." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155862.27.help.text +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Oppsett" + +#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3147418.28.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP\">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP\">Opnar vindauget «Skrivaroppsett» der du finn ein del skrivarinnstillingar som til dømes papirstorleik og papirretning.</ahelp>" + +#: 06030000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "06030000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Hyphenation" +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3154657.1.help.text +msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3154657.1.help.text" +msgid "Hyphenation" +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3148572.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"silben\"><ahelp hid=\".\">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document.</variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"silben\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:Hyphenate\">Set inn bindestrekar i ord som ikkje får plass på slutten av ei linje.</ahelp> $[officename] søkjer gjennom dokumentet og føreslår orddelingar som du kan godta eller forkasta.</variable>" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3153811.3.help.text +msgid "To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3151389.5.help.text +msgid "When $[officename] finds a word that requires hyphenation, do one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3155622.36.help.text +msgid "To accept the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3154558.37.help.text +msgid "To change the hyphenation of the displayed word, click the left or right arrow below the word, and then click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>. The left and right buttons are enabled for words with multiple hyphenation points." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3150017.38.help.text +msgid "To reject the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Skip</emph>. This word will not be hyphenated." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3150018.38.help.text +msgid "To automatically hyphenate the remaining part of the selection or the document, click <emph>Hyphenate All</emph> and answer \"Yes\" to the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3150019.38.help.text +msgid "To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialog was open." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3147562.19.help.text +msgid "To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3154276.18.help.text +msgid "To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp\" name=\"Language Settings - Writing Aids\">Language Settings - Writing Aids</link></emph>, and select the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3152950.17.help.text +msgid "To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-)." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3147523.32.help.text +msgid "To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>+Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign(-)." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3154573.33.help.text +msgid "To hide custom hyphens, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then clear the <emph>Custom hyphens</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3150360.20.help.text +msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3150360.20.help.text" +msgid "Word" +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3153676.21.help.text +msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3153676.21.help.text" +msgid "Word" +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149687.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:ED_WORD\">Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:ED_WORD\">Vis framlegg til orddeling.</ahelp>" + +#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3154195.23.help.text +msgid "Left / Right Arrow" +msgstr "Pil venstre/høgre" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3155174.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_RIGHT\">Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_RIGHT\">Plasser bindestreken. Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg om det finst meir enn eitt framlegg til orddeling.</ahelp>" + +#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3151327.25.help.text +msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3151327.25.help.text" +msgid "Next" +msgstr "Neste" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149306.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_CONTINUE\">Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_CONTINUE\">Oversjå framlegga til orddeling og gå vidare til neste ord.</ahelp>" + +#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3149495.27.help.text +msgid "Hyphenate" +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149096.28.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_HYPHENATE\">Inserts the hyphen at the indicated position.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_HYPHENATE\">Set inn bindestrek på staden du vel.</ahelp>" + +#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3154829.29.help.text +msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3154829.29.help.text" +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149821.30.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_DELETE\">Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_DELETE\">Avvis framlegget til orddeling.</ahelp>" + +#: 01160300.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Create AutoAbstract" +msgstr "Lag autosamandrag" + +#: 01160300.xhp#hd_id3148570.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp\" name=\"Create AutoAbstract\">Create AutoAbstract</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp\" name=\"Create AutoAbstract\">Lag autosamandrag</link>" + +#: 01160300.xhp#par_id3149286.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"autoabstracttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:CreateAbstract\">Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents.</ahelp> You can specify the number of outline levels as well as the number of paragraphs displayed therein. All levels and paragraphs under the respective settings are hidden. </variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"autoabstracttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:CreateAbstract\">Kopierer overskrifter og eit tal på avsnitt som kjem etter i dokumentet til eit nytt autosamandrag-dokument. Eit autosamandrag er nyttig for å få oversikt over store dokument.</ahelp> Du kan velja kor mange strukturnivå og avsnitt som skal takast med. Ingen nivå og avsnitt under grensa vert viste.</variable>" + +#: 01160300.xhp#hd_id3147516.3.help.text +msgctxt "01160300.xhp#hd_id3147516.3.help.text" +msgid "Included Outline Levels" +msgstr "Inkluderte disposisjonsnivå" + +#: 01160300.xhp#par_id3149804.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_LEVEL\">Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.</ahelp> For example, if you choose 4 levels, all paragraphs formatted with Heading 1 to Heading 4 are included, along with the number of subsequent paragraphs specified in <emph>Subpoints per Level</emph>." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_LEVEL\">Skriv inn kor mange disposisjonsnivå som skal kopierast inn i det nye dokumentet.</ahelp> Dersom du til dømes vel fire nivå, kjem dei avsnitta som er formaterte som «Overskrift 1» til «Overskrift 4» med, saman med det talet på følgjande avsnitt som er valt i <emph>Underpunkt per nivå</emph>." + +#: 01160300.xhp#hd_id3151316.5.help.text +msgctxt "01160300.xhp#hd_id3151316.5.help.text" +msgid "Subpoints per Level" +msgstr "Underpunkt per nivå" + +#: 01160300.xhp#par_id3155892.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_PARA\">Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.</ahelp> All of the paragraphs up to the maximum defined are included until the next paragraph with a Heading Style is reached." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_PARA\">Oppgje det høgste talet på etterfølgjande avsnitt som skal kunne takast med etter kvar overskrift i autosamandraget.</ahelp> Alle avsnitta opp til grensa som er vald vert tekne med. Deretter kjem den neste overskrifta." + +#: 03080000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Field Shadings" +msgstr "" + +#: 03080000.xhp#hd_id3151177.18.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp\" name=\"Field Shadings\">Field Shadings</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 03080000.xhp#par_id3147513.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Marks\">Shows or hides field shadings in your document, including non-breaking spaces, custom hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Marks\">Viser eller gøymer feltskuggar, inkludert harde mellomrom, eigendefinerte bindestrekar, register og fotnotar.</ahelp>" + +#: 03080000.xhp#par_id3153540.17.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Nonprinting Characters On/Off\">Nonprinting Characters On/Off</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge00.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Mail Merge Wizard" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN10549.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Start vegvisaren for brevfletting, der du kan laga fletta brev eller senda e-post til mange mottakarar.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN105CC.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Starting document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Starting document</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN105F6.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Configurable Mail Merge dialog</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05180000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05180000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Wrap" +msgstr "" + +#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3145826.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05180000.xhp#par_id3153002.2.help.text +msgid "Sets the text wrap options for graphics, objects, and frames." +msgstr "" + +#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3150022.3.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"No wrap\">No wrap</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3150934.4.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Page wrap\">Page wrap</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3149027.5.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Dynamic page wrap\">Dynamic page wrap</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3153718.6.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap through\">Wrap through</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"In background\">In background</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3151180.10.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Contour\">Contour</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3147566.9.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\">Edit Contour</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3149294.8.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"First paragraph\">First paragraph</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3147341.11.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Edit\">Edit</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05090000.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05090000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Table Format" +msgstr "Datoformat" + +#: 05090000.xhp#hd_id3147172.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05090000.xhp#hd_id3147172.1.help.text" +msgid "Table Format" +msgstr "Datoformat" + +#: 05090000.xhp#par_id3154643.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\">Oppgi eigenskapane til den valde tabellen, til dømes namn, justering, avstand, kolonnebreidd, kantlinjer og bakgrunn.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05150300.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Apply and Edit Changes" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3149353.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp\" name=\"Apply and Edit Changes\">Apply and Edit Changes</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3152999.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply\">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3148775.4.help.text +msgid "Accept All" +msgstr "Godta alle" + +#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3149029.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT\">Applies all of the formatting changes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT\">Legg til alle formateringsendringane.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3153722.6.help.text +msgid "Reject All" +msgstr "Avvis alle" + +#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3149711.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT\">Rejects all of the formatting changes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT\">Forkast alle formateringsendringane.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3150756.8.help.text +msgid "Edit Changes" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3147570.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG\">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3151184.10.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp\" name=\"Accept or Reject AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab\">Accept or Reject Changes, Filter tab</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#bm_id3154762.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; inserting text before</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3154762.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp\" name=\"Table\">Table</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3146322.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_TABLE\">Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_TABLE\">Oppgi storleiken, plasseringa, mengde luft og justeringsinnstillingane for den valde tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3154560.3.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3154560.3.help.text" +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149881.5.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149881.5.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145244.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">Skriv inn eit internt namn på tabellen. Dette namnet gjer det lettare å finna tabellen i dokumentstrukturen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3150567.7.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3150567.7.help.text" +msgid "Width" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3149026.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_WIDTH\">Enter the width of the table.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area is not selected." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_WIDTH\">Skriv inn tabellbreidda.</ahelp> Dette alternativet er berre tilgjengeleg når <emph>Automatisk</emph> ikkje er valt under <emph>Justering</emph>." + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3154644.9.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3154644.9.help.text" +msgid "Relative" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3151183.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:CB_REL_WIDTH\">Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:CB_REL_WIDTH\">Vis tabellbreidda som ein prosent av sidebreidda.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3151168.13.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3151168.13.help.text" +msgid "Alignment" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145412.14.help.text +msgid "Set the alignment options for the selected table." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3147511.15.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3147511.15.help.text" +msgid "Automatic" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3154108.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FULL\">Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp> This is the recommended setting for tables in HTML documents." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FULL\">Utvid tabellen vassrett mot venstre- og høgremargen.</ahelp> Dette er tilrådd for tabellar i HTML-dokument." + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149807.17.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149807.17.help.text" +msgid "Left" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3153540.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_LEFT\">Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_LEFT\">Juster venstrekanten av tabellen mot venstre sidemarg.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3151311.36.help.text +msgid "Left margin" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3153672.37.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FROM_LEFT\">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FROM_LEFT\">Juster venstre kant av tabellen mot innrykket du valde i feltet <emph>Venstre</emph> under <emph>Avstand</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3150982.19.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3150982.19.help.text" +msgid "Right" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3154567.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_RIGHT\">Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_RIGHT\">Juster høgrekanten av tabellen mot høgre sidemarg.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3155899.21.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Centered" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Midtstilt\n" +"#-#-#-#-# 04.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Midtstill" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3149696.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_CENTER\">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_CENTER\">Midtstill tabellen vassrett på sida.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3159188.23.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Manual" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Manuell\n" +"#-#-#-#-# optionen.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Manuelt" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3155180.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FREE\">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"column widths\">column widths</link>." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FREE\">Juster tabellen vassrett, basert på verdiane du valde i felta <emph>Venstre</emph> og <emph>Høgre</emph> under <emph>Avstand</emph>.</ahelp> $[officename] reknar automatisk ut breidda på tabellen. Vel dette alternativet dersom du vil velja <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"column widths\">kolonnebreiddene</link> sjølv." + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149824.25.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149824.25.help.text" +msgid "Spacing" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149102.27.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149102.27.help.text" +msgid "Left" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3154836.28.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_LEFT_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_LEFT_DIST\">Vel kor langt frå venstremargen kanten av tabellen skal liggja.</ahelp> Dette alternativet er ikkje tilgjengeleg når <emph>Automatisk</emph> eller <emph>Venstre</emph> er valt under <emph>Justering</emph>." + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3147094.29.help.text +msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3147094.29.help.text" +msgid "Right" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3147220.30.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_RIGHT_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_RIGHT_DIST\">Vel kor langt frå høgremargen kanten av tabellen skal liggja.</ahelp> Dette alternativet er ikkje tilgjengeleg når <emph>Automatisk</emph> eller <emph>Høgre</emph> er valt under <emph>Justering</emph>." + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3147576.31.help.text +msgid "Above" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3152771.32.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_TOP_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_TOP_DIST\">Vel kor langt frå teksten toppen av tabellen skal liggja.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3155142.33.help.text +msgid "Below" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145763.34.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_BOTTOM_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_BOTTOM_DIST\">Vel kor langt frå teksten botnen av tabellen skal liggja.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145782.35.help.text +msgid "To insert a paragraph before a table at the beginning of a document, header or footer, place the cursor before any content in the first cell, and then press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust Layout</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text +msgid "Specify the position of the address blocks and salutations on the documents." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text +msgid "Align to text body" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Justerer ramma med adresseblokka inntil venstremargen.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text +msgid "From left" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel kor langt den venstre kanten av adresseblokka skal liggja frå kanten av sida.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text +msgid "From top" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel kor langt den øvste kanten av adresseblokka skal liggja frå toppen av sida.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text +msgid "Up" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Moves the salutation up.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Flyttar helsinga opp.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text +msgid "Down" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10576.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Moves the salutation down.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Flyttar helsinga ned.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text +msgid "Zoom" +msgstr "Skalering" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a magnification for the page preview.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel forstørring av førehandsvisinga.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN106AF.help.text +msgid "Use the commands in the context menu of the preview to move the view up and down." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 03050000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Ruler" +msgstr "Linjal" + +#: 03050000.xhp#hd_id3149287.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp\" name=\"Ruler\">Ruler</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 03050000.xhp#par_id3147514.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Ruler\">Shows or hides the horizontal ruler, that you can use to adjust page margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</ahelp> To show the vertical ruler, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> check box in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Ruler\">Viser eller gøymer den vassrette linjalen som du kan bruka til å tilpassa sidemargar, tabulatorstopp, innrykk, kantlinjer, tabellceller og plassering av objekt på sida.</ahelp> Dersom du vil visa den loddrette linjalen, vel du <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - Writer - View\"><emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Vis</emph></link> og kryssar av for <emph>Loddrett linjal</emph> under <emph>Linjal</emph>." + +#: 03050000.xhp#par_idN1061A.help.text +msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Select Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text" +msgid "Select Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text +msgid "Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text +msgid "Select the address block which you want to use" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel kva blokk i lista du vil bruka til brevflettingsadresser, og trykk på <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text +msgid "Never include country/region" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Excludes country or regional information from the address block.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Ta ikkje med land eller delstat/region i adresseblokka.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text +msgid "Always include country/region" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10560.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Includes country or regional information in the address block.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Ta med land eller delstat/region i adresseblokka.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text +msgid "Only include country/region if it is not:" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10567.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Berre ta med land eller delstat/region i adresseblokka dersom verdien er ein annan enn den du skriv inn i tekstfeltet.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10651.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv inn kva land, delstat eller region som ikkje skal skrivast ut.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056E.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">Ny adresseblokk</link>, der du kan laga eit nytt adresseblokkoppsett.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10583.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">Ny adresseblokk</link>, der du kan endra på det valde adresseblokkoppsettet.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10594.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10594.help.text" +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Fjern" + +#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10598.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected address block layout.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Slettar det valde adresseblokkoppsettet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "AutoCorrect" +msgstr "Autoretting" + +#: 05150000.xhp#bm_id3153925.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;text documents</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>automatisk formatering; tekstdokument</bookmark_value>" + +#: 05150000.xhp#hd_id3153925.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat\">AutoCorrect</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"AutoText\">Autotekst</link>" + +#: 05150000.xhp#par_id3151182.2.help.text +msgid "Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect\"><emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph> <emph>Options</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150000.xhp#hd_id1029200810080924.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\">AutoCorrect Options</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150000.xhp#par_id1029200810080924.help.text +msgid "Opens the AutoCorrect dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150000.xhp#par_id3147570.3.help.text +msgid "To open the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat for Tables\">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04010000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Insert Manual Break" +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3145827.1.help.text +msgctxt "04010000.xhp#hd_id3145827.1.help.text" +msgid "Insert Manual Break" +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3147176.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"umbruch\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\">Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"umbruch\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\">Set inn eit manuelt linjeskift, spalteskift eller sideskift der skrivemerket står.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3151176.4.help.text +msgctxt "04010000.xhp#hd_id3151176.4.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3145420.5.help.text +msgid "Select the type of break that you want to insert." +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3154097.6.help.text +msgid "Line Break" +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3149805.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_LINE\">Ends the current line, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the next line, without creating a new paragraph.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_LINE\">Avslutt linja og flytt teksten til høgre for skrivemerket til neste linje, utan å laga eit nytt avsnitt.</ahelp>" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3149685.8.help.text +msgid "You can also insert a line break by pressing Shift+Enter." +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3148566.9.help.text +msgid "Column Break" +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3155182.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_COL\">Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"column\">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_COL\">Set inn eit manuelt spalteskift (i eit oppsett med spalter) og flytter teksten til høgre for skrivemerket til byrjinga av neste <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"column\">spalte</link>. Eit manuelt spalteskift blir vist som ein strek ovanfor den nye spalta. Streken blir ikkje skriven ut.</ahelp>" + +#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3149487.11.help.text +msgid "Page Break" +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3149102.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_PAGE\">Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_PAGE\">Set inn eit manuelt sideskift. Teksten til høgre for skrivemerket blir flytta til byrjinga av neste side. Sideskiftet blir vist som ein strek øvst på den nye sida (streken blir ikkje skriven ut).</ahelp>" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3145758.13.help.text +msgid "You can also insert a page break by pressing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. However, if you want to assign the following page a different Page Style, you must use the menu command to insert the manual page break." +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3149175.14.help.text +msgid "Style" +msgstr "Stil" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3156275.15.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_BREAK:LB_COLL\">Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_BREAK:LB_COLL\">Vel sidestil for sida etter det manuelle sideskiftet.</ahelp>" + +#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3145782.16.help.text +msgid "Change page number" +msgstr "" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3155917.17.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_BREAK:CB_PAGENUM\">Assigns the page number that you specify to the page that follows the manual page break. This option is only available if you assign a different page style to the page that follows manual page break.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_BREAK:CB_PAGENUM\">Gi sida som kjem etter det manuelle sideskiftet eit bestemt sidetal. Dette er berre mogleg dersom du gir ein annan sidestil til sida etter det manuelle sideskiftet.</ahelp>" + +#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3151384.20.help.text +msgctxt "04010000.xhp#hd_id3151384.20.help.text" +msgid "Page number" +msgstr "Sidetal" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3150700.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_BREAK:ED_PAGENUM\">Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_BREAK:ED_PAGENUM\">Skriv inn det nye sidetalet for sida etter det manuelle sideskiftet.</ahelp>" + +#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3150554.18.help.text +msgid "To display manual breaks, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"View - Nonprinting Characters\"><emph>View - Nonprinting Characters</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Styles and Formatting" +msgstr "Stilhandsamar" + +#: 05140000.xhp#bm_id3907589.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;applying styles</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilhandsamar</link>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3148391.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the Styles and Formatting window to apply, create, edit, add, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id0122200903183687.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN106EF.help.text +msgid "To <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">dock</link> the Styles and Formatting window, drag its title bar to the left or to the right side of the workspace. To undock the window, double-click a free space on its toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3147167.37.help.text +msgid "How to apply a style:" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3151264.38.help.text +msgid "Select the text. To apply a Character Style to one word, click the word. To apply a Paragraph Style, click the paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150756.39.help.text +msgid "Double-click the style in the Styles and Formatting window." +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN1071D.help.text +msgid "You can assign shortcut keys to Styles on the <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph> tab page." +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154643.4.help.text +msgid "The Styles and Formatting toolbar contains icons for formatting your documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3153146.5.help.text +msgctxt "05140000.xhp#hd_id3153146.5.help.text" +msgid "Style Category" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3147506.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3147512\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam2.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147512\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154106.6.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3154106.6.help.text" +msgid "Paragraph Styles" +msgstr "Avsnittsstil" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3149800.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ParaStyle\">Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.</ahelp> Use paragraph styles to apply the same <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"formatting\">formatting</link>, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ParaStyle\">Vis formateringsstilane for avsnitt.</ahelp> Med avsnittsstilar kan du bruka same <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"formatting\">formatering</link>, til dømes skrift, nummerering og utforming, på avsnitta i dokumentet." + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3151319.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3152955\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam1.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152955\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150351.8.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3150351.8.help.text" +msgid "Character Styles" +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154570.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CharStyle\">Displays formatting styles for characters.</ahelp> Use character styles to apply font styles to selected text in a paragraph." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CharStyle\">Vis formateringsstilane for teikn.</ahelp> Med teiknstilar kan du bruka skriftstilar på merka tekst i eit avsnitt." + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3159194.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3159200\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf03.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159200\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3151332.10.help.text +msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3151332.10.help.text" +msgid "Frame Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3143282.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameStyle\">Displays formatting styles for frames.</ahelp> Use frame styles to format frame layouts and position." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameStyle\">Vis formateringsstilane for rammer.</ahelp> Med rammestilar kan du velja utforming og plassering av rammer." + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3149819.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149826\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf04.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149826\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3148976.12.help.text +msgid "Page Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3147220.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PageStyle\">Displays formatting styles for pages.</ahelp> Use page styles to determine page layouts, including the presence of headers and footers." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PageStyle\">Vis formateringsstilane for sider.</ahelp> Med sidestilar styrer du utforminga av sider, inkludert topptekstar og botntekstar." + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3152766.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3152772\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf05.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152772\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154390.28.help.text +msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3154390.28.help.text" +msgid "List Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3153361.27.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:TemplateFamily5\">Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.</ahelp> Use list styles to format number and bullet characters and to specify indents." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:TemplateFamily5\">Vis formateringsstilar for nummererte og punktmerka lister.</ahelp> Med listestilar kan du velja tal og punktteikn og innrykk i lister." + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150576.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150590\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150590\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"cmd/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3145786.14.help.text +msgid "Fill Format Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3156379.15.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN\">Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.</ahelp> To exit this mode, click the icon again, or press Esc." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN\">Legg den valde stilen til eit objekt eller ein tekst. Trykk på denne knappen og merk eit objekt eller ein tekst med musepeikaren for å leggja til stilen.</ahelp> Når du vil gå ut av denne modusen, trykkjer du på knappen igjen eller trykkjer Escape." + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150114.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150122\" src=\"cmd/sc_stylenewbyexample.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150122\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154717\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3147490.18.help.text +msgid "New Style from Selection" +msgstr "Ny stil frå utval" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN109BB.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens a submenu with more commands.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna ein undermeny med fleire kommandoar.</ahelp>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN109DA.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "New style from selection" +msgstr "Ny stil frå utval" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3149552.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lag ein ny stil basert på formateringa av gjeldande avsnitt, side eller utval.</ahelp>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN10A04.help.text +msgid "Update style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3146333.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE\">The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN10A31.help.text +msgid "Load style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN10A36.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the Load Styles dialog to import styles from another document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna eit dialogvindauge der du kan importera stilar frå eit anna dokument.</ahelp>" + +#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3148860.25.help.text +msgid "More information about <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"styles\">styles</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3155576.26.help.text +msgctxt "05140000.xhp#hd_id3155576.26.help.text" +msgid "Applied Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 04130100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04130100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: 04130100.xhp#bm_id3154506.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>moving;objects and frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;objects and frames, by keyboard</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04130100.xhp#hd_id3154506.1.help.text +msgctxt "04130100.xhp#hd_id3154506.1.help.text" +msgid "Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3145248.2.help.text +msgid "You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3148771.4.help.text +msgid "To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3150762.5.help.text +msgid "To resize a selected frame or object, first press Ctrl+Tab. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press Ctrl+Tab again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key." +msgstr "" + +#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3149294.6.help.text +msgid "The increment by which you move an object with the keyboard is determined by the document grid. To change the properties of the document grid, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp\" name=\"Text document - Grid\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</link></emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05040000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Page Style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text +msgctxt "05040000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text" +msgid "Page Style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040000.xhp#par_id3148774.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"seitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:PageDialog\">Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"seitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:PageDialog\">Vel formateringsstilane og utforminga av sidestilen, med sidemargar, topp- og botntekster og sidebakgrunn.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 06120000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Page Formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: 06120000.xhp#hd_id3155961.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp\" name=\"Page Formatting\">Page Formatting</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilhandsamar</link>" + +#: 06120000.xhp#par_id3150249.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\".uno:Repaginate\">Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\".uno:Repaginate\">Oppdater sideformatet i dokumentet og tel opp det totale sidetalet som blir vist på <emph>statuslinja</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 06120000.xhp#par_id3154766.4.help.text +msgid "In long documents, updating the page formatting can take a while." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130002.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Character Style " +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 05130002.xhp#hd_id3148489.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp\" name=\"Character Style\">Character Style</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130002.xhp#par_id3154650.2.help.text +msgid "Here, you can create a font style." +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Outline & Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3151173.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Numbering\">Outline & Numbering</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3154100.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUMPARA\">Adds or removes outline level, numbering, or bullets from the paragraph. You can also select the style of numbering to use, and reset the numbering in a numbered list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3153536.14.help.text +msgid "To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose <emph>Format - Styles and </emph>Formatting, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles </emph>icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, and then click the<emph> Outline & Numbering</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3154470.26.help.text +msgid "To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format -</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link>, and then click the<emph> Outline & Numbering</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id1209200804371034.help.text +msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id1209200804371034.help.text" +msgid "Outline level" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id1209200804371097.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.</ahelp> Select <emph>Body text</emph> to reset the outline level." +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3143283.5.help.text +msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3143283.5.help.text" +msgid "Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3154188.3.help.text +msgid "Numbering Style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3155178.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_NUMPARA:LB_NUMBER_STYLE\">Select the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\">Numbering Style</link> that you want to apply to the paragraph.</ahelp> These styles are also listed in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link> window if you click the <emph>Numbering Style</emph> icon." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_NUMPARA:LB_NUMBER_STYLE\">Vel <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\">nummereringsstil</link> for avsnittet.</ahelp> Desse stilane finn du òg i <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Stilhandsamaren</link> dersom du trykkjer på knappen <emph>Nummereringsstil</emph>." + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3149106.7.help.text +msgid "This section only appears when you edit the properties of the current paragraph by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3151250.8.help.text +msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3151250.8.help.text" +msgid "Restart at this paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3154831.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_NEW_START\">Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_NEW_START\">Start nummereringa på nytt i dette avsnittet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3147096.24.help.text +msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3147096.24.help.text" +msgid "Start with" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3148979.25.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START\">Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START\">Kryss av her og skriv inn nummeret du vil gi avsnittet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3147226.10.help.text +msgid "\"Start with\" spin button" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3153632.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_NEW_START\">Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp> The following paragraphs are numbered consecutively from the number that you enter here." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_NEW_START\">Nummerer avsnittet.</ahelp> Avsnitta som kjem etter vert nummererte stigande frå det talet du vel her." + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3147581.15.help.text +msgid "Line numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3152771.16.help.text +msgid "Specify the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Line numbering\">Line numbering</link> options. To add line numbers to your document, choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3153345.17.help.text +msgid "Include this paragraph in line numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3156267.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_COUNT_PARA\">Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_COUNT_PARA\">Ta med dette avsnittet i linjenummereringa.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3151026.19.help.text +msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3151026.19.help.text" +msgid "Restart at this paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3149168.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_RESTART_PARACOUNT\">Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_RESTART_PARACOUNT\">Startar linjenummereringa på nytt i dette avsnittet, eller ved nummeret du vel.</ahelp>" + +#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3145775.21.help.text +msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3145775.21.help.text" +msgid "Start with" +msgstr "" + +#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3149355.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_RESTART_PARA\">Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_RESTART_PARA\">Oppgi talet linjenummereringa skal starta på nytt med.</ahelp>" + +#: 06180000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "06180000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Line Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3154705.1.help.text +msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3154705.1.help.text" +msgid "Line Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150249.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"zeinum\">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab, and then clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box.</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id248115.help.text +msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format." +msgstr "Linjenummer er ikkje tilgjengelege i HTML-format." + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3146965.5.help.text +msgid "Show numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3147295.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_NUMBERING_ON\">Adds line numbers to the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3083449.7.help.text +msgid "View" +msgstr "Vis" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3155621.8.help.text +msgid "Set the properties of the line numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3145822.9.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3145822.9.help.text" +msgid "Character Style" +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3153000.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_CHAR_STYLE\">Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3149880.11.help.text +msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3149880.11.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3145246.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_FORMAT\">Select the numbering style that you want to use.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3150569.13.help.text +msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3150569.13.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150932.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_POS\">Select where you want the line numbers to appear.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3155986.15.help.text +msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3155986.15.help.text" +msgid "Spacing" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3153719.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:MF_OFFSET\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3151183.17.help.text +msgid "Interval" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3151272.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_NUM_INVERVAL\">Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.19.help.text +msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.19.help.text" +msgid "Separator" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150765.20.help.text +msgid "You can enter a separator character to display between line numbers if the counting interval is more than one." +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3150258.22.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3150258.22.help.text" +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Neste" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3149286.23.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_LINENUMBERING:ED_DIVISOR\">Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3149757.24.help.text +msgid "Every" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3145412.25.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_DIV_INTERVAL\">Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3153532.26.help.text +msgid "Separators are only displayed in lines that are not numbered." +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3152962.27.help.text +msgid "Count" +msgstr "Tal" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150358.28.help.text +msgid "Specify whether to include empty paragraphs or lines in text frames in the line count." +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3153677.29.help.text +msgid "Blank lines" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150973.30.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_EMPTYLINES\">Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3154476.31.help.text +msgid "Lines in text frames" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150995.32.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_FRAMELINES\">Adds line numbers to text in text frames. The numbering restarts in each text frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.</ahelp> In <link href=\"text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp\" name=\"linked frames\">linked frames</link>, the numbering is not restarted." +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3151320.34.help.text +msgid "Restart every new page" +msgstr "" + +#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3149685.35.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_LINENUMBERING_CB_RESTART_PAGE\">Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "New Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text" +msgid "New Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text +msgid "Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text" +msgid "Address Elements" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an address field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel eit adressefelt og dra feltet over til den andre lista.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text" +msgid ">" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.</ahelp> You can add the same field more than once." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Legg det valde feltet frå adresseelementlista til i den andre lista.</ahelp> Du kan leggja til det same feltet fleire enn éin gong." + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text" +msgid "<" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text" +msgid "Drag address element to the field below" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields with drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Still opp felta ved å dra dei med musa eller ved å bruka pilknappane.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text +msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text" +msgid "Preview" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Førehandsvis den første databaseposten med det noverande helsingsoppsettet.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text" +msgid "(Arrow Buttons)" +msgstr "(Pilknappar)" + +#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10590.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel eit element i lista og trykk på ein piltast for å flytta det.</ahelp>" + +#: 06060000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "06060000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Outline Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3154561.1.help.text +msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3154561.1.help.text" +msgid "Outline Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3145246.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"kapnum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog\">Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"kapnum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog\">Vel nummereringsformat og hierarki for kapittelnummerering i dokumentet.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3150934.54.help.text +msgid "Outline numbering is linked to paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading\" paragraph styles (1-10) are assigned to the corresponding outline number levels (1-10). If you want, you can assign different paragraph styles to the outline number level." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060000.xhp#par_id8237250.help.text +msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3147567.55.help.text +msgid "To highlight the screen display of outline numbers, choose <emph>View -</emph><emph>Field Shadings</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3151168.56.help.text +msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3151168.56.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3147512.57.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OUTLINE_FORM\">Saves or loads an outline number format. A saved outline number format is available to all text documents.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OUTLINE_FORM\">Lagra eller hent eit format for disposisjonsnummerering. Eit slikt lagra format for disposisjonsnummerering er tilgjengeleg for alle tekstdokument.</ahelp>" + +#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3150979.58.help.text +msgid "The <emph>Format</emph> button is only available for outline numbering. For numbered or bulleted list styles, modify the Numbering Styles of the paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3154572.59.help.text +msgid "Untitled 1 - 9" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3150350.60.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NAMED_NUMS\">Select the predefined numbering style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NAMED_NUMS\">Vel den førehandsdefinerte nummereringsstilen du vil tilordna det valde disposisjonsnivået.</ahelp>" + +#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.61.help.text +msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.61.help.text" +msgid "Save As" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3155892.62.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NUM_SAVEAS\">Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NUM_SAVEAS\">Opna eit dialogvindauge der du kan lagra innstillingane for det valde disposisjonsnivået. Du kan henta desse innstillingane inni eit anna dokument seinare.</ahelp>" + +#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3149689.63.help.text +msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3149689.63.help.text" +msgid "Save As" +msgstr "" + +#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3154200.64.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_NUM_NAMES:LB_FORM\">Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_NUM_NAMES:LB_FORM\">Trykk på ein av nummereringsstilane i lista og gi han eit namn. Tala i lista samsvarer med disposisjonsnivået stilane høyrer til.</ahelp>" + +#: format_object.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "format_object.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Object" +msgstr "" + +#: format_object.xhp#par_idN10548.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp\">Object</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: format_object.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: format_object.xhp#hd_id1863460.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05990000.xhp\">Text Attributes</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: format_object.xhp#par_id3542588.help.text +msgid "Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object." +msgstr "" + +#: format_object.xhp#par_id9466841.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05280000.xhp\">Fontwork</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: format_object.xhp#par_id2874538.help.text +msgid "Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Document" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3150017.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp\" name=\"Document\">Document</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3147167.2.help.text +msgid "Fields are used to insert information about the current document, for example, file name, template, statistics, user data, date, and time." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154470.3.help.text +msgid "For the HTML export and import of date and time fields, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#datumuhrzeit\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\">special $[officename] formats</link> are used." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3151312.4.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3151312.4.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3153672.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE\">Viser tilgjengelege felttypar. For å leggja eit felt til dokumentet, trykk på ein felttype, vel eit felt i lista og trykk på <emph>Set inn</emph>.</ahelp> Dei følgjande felta kan setjast inn:" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155182.6.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3155182.6.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3143272.7.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3143272.7.help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3151248.10.help.text +msgid "Author" +msgstr "Forfattar" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148975.11.help.text +msgid "Inserts the name of the current user. " +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145759.18.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3145759.18.help.text" +msgid "Chapter" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3149172.19.help.text +msgid "Inserts the chapter number and/or the chapter name." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145771.14.help.text +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Dato" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3151370.15.help.text +msgid "Inserts the current date. You can insert the date as a fixed field - <item type=\"literal\">Date (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <item type=\"literal\">Date</item> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <item type=\"literal\">Date</item> field, press F9." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150699.12.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3150699.12.help.text" +msgid "File name" +msgstr "Filnamn" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150122.13.help.text +msgid "Inserts the filename and/or the directory path of the current document, as well as the filename without extension." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3147495.20.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3147495.20.help.text" +msgid "Page" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145264.21.help.text +msgid "Inserts the page number of the current, previous, or next page." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150561.8.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3150561.8.help.text" +msgid "Sender" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146341.9.help.text +msgid "Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user-data that is displayed by choosing <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - User Data\">$[officename] - User Data</link></emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148863.22.help.text +msgid "Statistics" +msgstr "Statistikk" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3151091.23.help.text +msgid "Inserts document statistics, such as page and word counts, as a field. To view the statistics of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, and then click the <emph>Statistics</emph> tab. " +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3153302.16.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3153302.16.help.text" +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3156123.17.help.text +msgid "Inserts the filename, the path, or the filename without the file extension of the current template. You can also insert the names of the \"Category\" and the \"Style\" formats used in the current template. To view the names of the template categories and the styles used in the templates, choose <emph>File - Templates -</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Organize\"><emph>Organize</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146939.24.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Klokkeslett\n" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Tid" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154340.25.help.text +msgid "Inserts the current time. You can insert the time as a fixed field - <item type=\"literal\">Time (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <item type=\"literal\">Time</item> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <item type=\"literal\">Time</item> field, press F9." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154631.26.help.text +msgid "The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3150660.27.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3150660.27.help.text" +msgid "Select" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150678.28.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3150678.28.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155537.53.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3155537.53.help.text" +msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155359.30.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3155359.30.help.text" +msgid "Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154220.31.help.text +msgid "Function" +msgstr "Funksjon" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145107.32.help.text +msgid "Previous page" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3149595.33.help.text +msgid "Inserts the page number of the previous page in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146896.34.help.text +msgid "Next page " +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148923.35.help.text +msgid "Inserts the page number of the next page in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3156032.36.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Page Number " +msgstr "Sidetal" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3159212.37.help.text +msgid "Inserts the current page number." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3159229.38.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Format</emph>, click the numbering format that you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145188.39.help.text +msgid "If you want, you can enter an <emph>Offset </emph>for the displayed page number. With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3150891.45.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3150891.45.help.text" +msgid "Offset" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155312.46.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKVALUE\">Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example \"+1\".</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154948.54.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3154948.54.help.text" +msgid "If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3145595.41.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3145595.41.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145613.42.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKFORMAT\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150138.49.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat\">When you click \"Additional formats\", the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp\" name=\"Number Format\"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154867.50.help.text +msgid "If you choose \"Chapter number without separator\" for a chapter field, the separators that are specified for chapter number in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Outline numbering\"><emph>Tools - Outline numbering</emph></link> are not displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3156079.63.help.text +msgid "If you choose \"chapter number\" as the <emph>format</emph> for reference fields, only the number of the chapter heading containing the referenced object is displayed in the field. If the paragraph style for the chapter heading is not numbered, the field is left blank." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148682.56.help.text +msgid "The following number range formats are for paragraphs formatted with numbered or bulleted lists:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150006.57.help.text +msgid "Category and number" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155386.58.help.text +msgid "The format contains everything between the beginning of the paragraph and directly after the number-range field" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146919.59.help.text +msgid "Caption text" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155929.60.help.text +msgid "The format contains the text following the number-range field up to the end of the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148733.61.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3148733.61.help.text" +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148755.62.help.text +msgid "The format only contains the reference number" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id0902200804313432.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3153026.43.help.text +msgid "Layer" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154580.44.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKLEVEL\">Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKLEVEL\">Vel kva kapitteloverskriftsnivå du vil ha med i det valde feltet.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3154598.51.help.text +msgid "Offset in days/minutes" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154899.52.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Oppgi ei forskyving for eit felt med dato eller klokkeslett.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3154922.47.help.text +msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3154922.47.help.text" +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3153049.48.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Oppgi ei forskyving for eit felt med dato eller klokkeslett.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120210.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Index/Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3150933.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">Index/Table</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3148390.2.help.text +msgid "Use this tab to specify and define the type of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3153921.3.help.text +msgid "Depending on the type of index that you select, this tab contains the following options." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3147175.4.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Table of Contents\">Table of Contents</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3151183.5.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Alphabetical Index\">Alphabetical Index</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3154645.6.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Illustration Index\">Illustration Index</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3151265.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"Index of Tables\">Index of Tables</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3153152.8.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined\">User-Defined</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3149759.9.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"Table of Objects\">Table of Objects</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3145410.10.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography\">Bibliography</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3154278.11.help.text +msgctxt "04120210.xhp#par_id3154278.11.help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3152942.12.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\">Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "02130000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Edit Bibliography Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3147434.1.help.text +msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3147434.1.help.text" +msgid "Edit Bibliography Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3145253.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"litvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Edits the selected bibliography entry.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"litvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Rediger den merka litteraturtilvisinga.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3147340.4.help.text +msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3147340.4.help.text" +msgid "Entry" +msgstr "Stikkord" + +#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3155961.6.help.text +msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3155961.6.help.text" +msgid "Short name" +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3154657.7.help.text +msgid "Displays the abbreviation for the bibliography entry." +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3148837.8.help.text +msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3148837.8.help.text" +msgid "Author, Title" +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3152741.9.help.text +msgid "Displays the author and title information contained in the bibliography entry." +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3150214.10.help.text +msgid "Modify" +msgstr "Endra" + +#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3154766.11.help.text +msgid "Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3146968.12.help.text +msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3146968.12.help.text" +msgid "Close" +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3166468.13.help.text +msgid "Closes the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3147299.14.help.text +msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3147299.14.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3151389.15.help.text +msgid "Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3150534.16.help.text +msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3150534.16.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3155620.17.help.text +msgid "Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can edit the current entry." +msgstr "" + +#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3154560.3.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04040000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04040000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Insert Bookmark" +msgstr "" + +#: 04040000.xhp#bm_id4974211.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks;inserting</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04040000.xhp#hd_id3147506.1.help.text +msgctxt "04040000.xhp#hd_id3147506.1.help.text" +msgid "Insert Bookmark" +msgstr "" + +#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3149806.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"textmarkeein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBookmark\">Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.</ahelp> In an HTML document, bookmarks are converted to anchors that you can jump to from a hyperlink. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3153677.3.help.text +msgid "To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>, click the plus sign (+) next to the<emph> Bookmark</emph> entry, and then double-click the bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3151308.4.help.text +msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"></caseinline><defaultinline>You can also right-click the <emph>Page Number</emph> field at the left end of the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the document window, and then choose the bookmark that you want to jump to.</defaultinline></switchinline>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04040000.xhp#hd_id3154188.5.help.text +msgctxt "04040000.xhp#hd_id3154188.5.help.text" +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3155178.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:CB_BOOKMARK\">Type the name of the bookmark that you want to create. The lower list contains all of the bookmarks in the current document. To delete a bookmark, select it in the list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:CB_BOOKMARK\">Skriv inn namnet på det bokmerket du vil oppretta. Den nedste lista inneheld alle bokmerka i dette dokumentet. Dersom du vil sletta eit bokmerke, vel du det i lista og trykker på <emph>Slett</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3149483.13.help.text +msgid "You cannot use the following characters in a bookmark name: / \\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #" +msgstr "" + +#: 04040000.xhp#hd_id3149817.11.help.text +msgctxt "04040000.xhp#hd_id3149817.11.help.text" +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Fjern" + +#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3151251.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:BT_DELETE\">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark from the <emph>Insert Bookmark</emph> dialog and click the <emph>Delete</emph> button. No confirmation dialog will follow.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:BT_DELETE\">For å sletta eit bokmerke kan du velja det frå dialogvindauget <emph>Set inn bokmerke</emph>og trykkja på <emph>Slett</emph>. Du blir ikkje spurd om stadfesting.</ahelp>" + +#: 06160000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Current Index" +msgstr "" + +#: 06160000.xhp#hd_id3154704.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp\" name=\"Current Index\">Current Index</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3149499.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the current index.</ahelp> The current index is the one that contains the cursor." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Oppdater registeret.</ahelp> Det gjeldande registeret er det registeret der skrivemerket står." + +#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3154763.3.help.text +msgid "You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: 06160000.xhp#hd_id3146967.4.help.text +msgid "Edit Index/Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3151387.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Edits the current index or table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Rediger registeret eller innhaldslista.</ahelp>" + +#: 06160000.xhp#hd_id3147403.6.help.text +msgid "Delete Index/Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3155625.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:RemoveTableOf\" visibility=\"visible\">Deletes the current index or table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:RemoveTableOf\" visibility=\"visible\">Slett registeret eller innhaldslista.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "AutoText" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3147512.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"AutoText\">AutoText</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"AutoText\">Autotekst</link>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154571.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"autotexttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"autotexttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\">Lag, rediger eller set inn autotekst. Du kan lagra formatert tekst, tekst med bilete, tabellar og felt som autotekst. Dersom du vil setja inn tekst effektivt, trykk snøggtasten for autotekst og så «F3».</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3143277.52.help.text +msgid "You can also click the arrow next to the <emph>AutoText</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, and then choose the AutoText that you want to insert." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3148982.4.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3148982.4.help.text" +msgid "AutoText" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153640.5.help.text +msgid "The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3152766.6.help.text +msgid "Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145758.51.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_INSERT_TIP\">Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press Ctrl+Tab to advance through the entries.</ahelp> For example, to insert dummy text, type \"Dum\", and then press Enter." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3149177.53.help.text +msgid "To display the list in reverse order, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3151378.9.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3151378.9.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155862.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_NAME\">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_NAME\">Viser namnet på den valde autoteksten. Skriv inn namnet på den nye autotekstposten og trykk på <emph>autotekstknappen</emph> og vel <emph>Ny</emph> dersom du har merkt tekst i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3150113.12.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3150113.12.help.text" +msgid "Shortcut" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3147413.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_SHORTNAME\">Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_SHORTNAME\">Viser snarvegen til den valde autoteksten. Om du lagar ein ny autotekst, skriv inn snarvegen du vil bruka for oppføringa.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149558.65.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "List box" +msgstr "Listeboks" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145257.8.help.text +msgid "Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153300.66.help.text +msgid "You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3156124.14.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3156124.14.help.text" +msgid "Insert" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3156094.15.help.text +msgid "Inserts the selected AutoText into the current document." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3148788.75.help.text +msgid "If you insert an unformatted AutoText entry into a paragraph, the entry is formatted with the current paragraph style." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3150039.17.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3150039.17.help.text" +msgid "AutoText" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153127.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_EDIT\">Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_EDIT\">Trykk for å visa fleire autotekstkommandoar, til dømes for å laga ein ny autotekst frå merkt tekst i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154618.19.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154618.19.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154635.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE\">Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE\">Lagar ei ny autotekstoppføring frå den merkte teksten i dokumentet. Oppføringa blir lagt til den valde autotekstkategorien.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149643.62.help.text +msgid "New (text only)" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3150668.63.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE_TEXT\">Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE_TEXT\">Lagar ei ny autotekstoppføring frå den merkte teksten i dokumentet. Bilete, tabellar og andre objekt blir ikkje tekne med.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154025.73.help.text +msgid "Copy" +msgstr "Kopier" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154043.74.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_COPY_TO_CLIPBOARD\">Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_COPY_TO_CLIPBOARD\">Kopierer den valde autoteksten til utklippstavla.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149965.21.help.text +msgid "Replace" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3149607.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_REPLACE\">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_REPLACE\">Byter ut innhaldet i den valde autoteksten med den merkte teksten i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3150768.23.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3150768.23.help.text" +msgid "Rename" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3150786.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp\" name=\"Rename Text Block\">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155341.35.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3155341.35.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155358.36.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_EDIT\">Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose <emph>File - Save AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>File - Close</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_EDIT\">Opnar den valde autoteksten for redigering i eit eige dokument. Gjer dei endringane du vil, velg <emph>Fil → Lagra autotekst</emph> og så <emph>Fil → Lukk</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155555.43.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3155555.43.help.text" +msgid "Macro" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145106.44.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Assign Macro\">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3149583.76.help.text +msgid "You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the \"text only\" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149597.77.help.text +msgid "Import" +msgstr "Importer" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3148937.78.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_IMPORT\">Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_IMPORT\">Opnar eit dialogvindauge der du kan velja MS 97/2000/XP Word-dokumentet eller -malen som inneheld autotekstoppføringane du vil importera.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3156038.37.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3156038.37.help.text" +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3156055.38.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_BIB\">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_BIB\">Legg til, endra namn på eller slett autotekstkategoriar.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3159217.54.help.text +msgid "Edit Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145173.55.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_BIB_BASE\">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_BIB_BASE\">Legg til, endra namn på eller slett autotekstkategoriar.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3145192.39.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3145192.39.help.text" +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3150802.40.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_BIB_BASE:ED_NAME\">Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click <emph>Rename</emph>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_BIB_BASE:ED_NAME\">Viser namnet på den valde autotekstkategorien. For å endra namnet på kategorien må du skrive inn eit nytt namn og trykkja på <emph>Endra namn</emph>. For å oppretta ein ny kategori må du skriva inn eit nytt namn og trykkja på <emph>Ny</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155318.79.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3155318.79.help.text" +msgid "Path" +msgstr "Stig" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155335.80.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_BIB_BASE_LB_PATH\">Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_BIB_BASE_LB_PATH\">Viser stigen til mappa der dei valde autotekstkategorifilene blir lagra. Om du opprettar ein autotekstkategori må du velja kvar kategorifilene skal lagrast.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154410.41.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154410.41.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154933.42.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_NEW\">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_NEW\">Lagar ein ny autotekstkategori med namnet du skreiv i <emph>Namn</emph>-feltet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154959.67.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154959.67.help.text" +msgid "Rename" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153379.68.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_RENAME\">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_RENAME\">Endrar namnet på den valde autotekstkategorien til namnet du skriv i <emph>Namn</emph>-feltet.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154120.81.help.text +msgid "Selection list" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154137.58.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GLOS_GROUP_TREE\">Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GLOS_GROUP_TREE\">Viser eksisterande autotekstkategoriar og stigane som høyrer til.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3145615.56.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3145615.56.help.text" +msgid "Path" +msgstr "Stig" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154852.57.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp\" name=\"Edit Paths\">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3156064.61.help.text +msgid "To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155383.45.help.text +msgid "Save links relative to" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155396.46.help.text +msgid "Use this area to set the way $[officename] inserts links to the AutoText directory. " +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3148743.47.help.text +msgid "File system" +msgstr "Filsystemet" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3148762.48.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_FILE_REL\">Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_FILE_REL\">Lenkjene til autotekstkatalogane på maskina er relative.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3153020.49.help.text +msgid "Internet" +msgstr "Internett" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153037.50.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_NET_REL\">Links to files on the Internet are relative.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_NET_REL\">Lenkjer til filer på Internett er relative.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154590.71.help.text +msgid "Show preview" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154610.72.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_SHOW_EXAMPLE\">Turns on or off a preview of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_SHOW_EXAMPLE\">Slå av eller på førehandsvising av den valde autoteksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154909.69.help.text +msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154909.69.help.text" +msgid "Preview" +msgstr "" + +#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154922.70.help.text +msgid "Shows a preview of the selected AutoText entry." +msgstr "" + +#: 05110500.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05110500.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Fjern" + +#: 05110500.xhp#hd_id3149502.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp\" name=\"Delete\">Delete</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05110500.xhp#par_id3149050.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\">Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\">Slett dei valde radene frå tabellen.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05150100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "While Typing" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150100.xhp#hd_id3147436.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp\" name=\"While Typing\">While Typing</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3154017.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:OnlineAutoFormat\">Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options </emph>tab.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3148488.3.help.text +msgid "You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp\" name=\"word completion\">word completion</link> only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3147407.24.help.text +msgid "To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp\" name=\"Undo\"><emph>Undo</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3150536.25.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"Other AutoFormat rules\">Other AutoCorrect rules</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120217.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120217.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Index" +msgstr "Register" + +#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3146322.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120217.xhp#par_id3145825.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3148773.3.help.text +msgid "Formatting of the entries" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3147167.5.help.text +msgid "Number entries" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120217.xhp#par_id3154647.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_SEQUENCE\">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Entries</link> tab." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_SEQUENCE\">Nummererer litteraturtilvisingane automatisk.</ahelp> Du kan tilpassa sorteringa på fana <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Oppføringar</link>." + +#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3150759.7.help.text +msgid "Brackets" +msgstr "Hakeparentesar" + +#: 04120217.xhp#par_id3149295.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_BRACKET\">Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_BRACKET\">Vel parentestype for litteraturtilvisingane.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "02110100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Navigation" +msgstr "Navigering" + +#: 02110100.xhp#hd_id3147745.1.help.text +msgctxt "02110100.xhp#hd_id3147745.1.help.text" +msgid "Navigation" +msgstr "Navigering" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3149844.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\">If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.</ahelp> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\">Dersom du trykkjer på denne knappen i dokumentstrukturen eller nede til høgre i dokumentvindauget, får du sjå ei verktøylinje der du kan velja mellom måla i dokumentet.</ahelp> Du kan då bruka pilknappane til å plassera skrivemerket i dokumentet ved det førre eller neste målet." + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3153293.15.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\">Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\">Trykk på «Opp»-knappen for å gå til førre side eller objekt.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3156098.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\">Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\">Trykk på «Ned»-knappen for å gå til neste side eller objekt.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3155076.3.help.text +msgid "By default, as long as you have not selected any other entry, the arrow buttons jump to the previous or the next page in the document. The arrow buttons are black if you are browsing through pages and blue if you jump to other objects." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3154330.4.help.text +msgid "The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, text frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3148783.12.help.text +msgid "For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas)." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110100.xhp#hd_id3150031.5.help.text +msgid "Working With the Navigation Toolbar" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3150045.6.help.text +msgid "Open the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar by clicking on its icon located in the vertical scrollbar. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arrange it on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3153141.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_VS\">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the \"Previous Object\" or \"Next Object\" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3149968.11.help.text +msgid "You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Customize\"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp\" name=\"menus\">menus</link>, <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200.xhp\" name=\"keyboard input\">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the \"Navigate\" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the \"To Next/Previous Index Tag\" functions." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110100.xhp#bm_id3155338.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>searching; repeating a search</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110100.xhp#hd_id3155338.8.help.text +msgid "Repeat Search" +msgstr "" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3155361.9.help.text +msgid "With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN106DD.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom bokmerka.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN106F4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through control fields.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom kontrollfelt.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1070B.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through drawing objects.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom teikneobjekt.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10722.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through text frames.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom tekstrammer.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10739.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through footnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom fotnotar.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10750.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through graphics.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom bilete.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10767.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through index entries.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom indeksoppføringar.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1077E.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through reminders.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom påminningar.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10795.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets the cursor to the next object of the selected type.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Plasserer skrivemerket ved det neste objektet av den valde typen.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107AF.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through OLE objects.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom OLE-objekt.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107C6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through headings.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom overskrifter.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107DD.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through pages.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom sider.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107F4.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through comments.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom bokmerka.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1080B.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets the cursor to the previous object of the selected type.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Plasserer skrivemerket ved det førre objektet av den valde typen.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10829.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through sections.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom bolkar.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10840.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through selections.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom utval.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10857.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through search results.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom søkjeresultat.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1086E.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through table formulas.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom tabellformlar.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10885.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom tabellformlar med feil.</ahelp>" + +#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1089C.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through tables.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Bruk denne knappen for å bla gjennom tabellar.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090201.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Editing Tables Using the Keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#bm_id3154506.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; editing with the keyboard</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellar; redigera med tastaturet</bookmark_value>" + +#: 05090201.xhp#hd_id3154506.1.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"tabelle_tastatur\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp\" name=\"Editing Tables Using the Keyboard\">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3145244.2.help.text +msgid "You can resize and delete table columns with the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#hd_id3150564.3.help.text +msgid "Resizing Columns and Rows" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3153920.4.help.text +msgid "To resize a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down Alt, and then press the left or the right arrow. To resize the column without changing the width of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrows." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3147566.5.help.text +msgid "To increase the left indent of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3150759.11.help.text +msgid "To resize a row, place the cursor in the row, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the up or the down arrows." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3149286.12.help.text +msgid "To move the table downwards on the page, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the down arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#hd_id3151176.8.help.text +msgid "Inserting and deleting columns or rows" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3147512.9.help.text +msgid "To insert a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the left or the right arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3152940.13.help.text +msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in the column that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the left or the right arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3154105.14.help.text +msgid "To insert a row, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the up or the down arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3153531.15.help.text +msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in the row that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the up or the down arrow." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3150983.10.help.text +msgid "To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3154196.16.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0204.xhp\" name=\"Table Bar\">Table Bar</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0204.xhp\" name=\"Table Bar\">Verktøylinja <emph>Tabell</emph></link>" + +#: 05130004.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Numbering Style " +msgstr "" + +#: 05130004.xhp#hd_id3155961.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\">Numbering Style</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130004.xhp#par_id3149501.2.help.text +msgid "Here you can create a Numbering Style. The Numbering Styles are organized in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link> window." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130004.xhp#par_id3151390.3.help.text +msgid "When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called \"named\" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"direct formatting\">direct formatting</link>, can be created in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Numbering/bullets\">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog or with the icons of the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"object bar\">object bar</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 06170000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "All Indexes and Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: 06170000.xhp#hd_id3149875.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp\" name=\"All Indexes and Tables\">All Indexes and Tables</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 06170000.xhp#par_id3150211.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllIndexes\" visibility=\"visible\">Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllIndexes\" visibility=\"visible\">Oppdaterer alle register og innhaldslister idokumentet. Du treng ikkje plassera skrivemerket i eit register eller ei innhaldsliste for å bruka denne kommandoen.</ahelp>" + +#: 03130000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Print Layout" +msgstr "" + +#: 03130000.xhp#hd_id3150018.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Print Layout\">Print Layout</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 03130000.xhp#par_id3145249.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintLayout\">Displays how the document will look when you print it.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04210000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04210000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Insert Horizontal Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: 04210000.xhp#hd_id3145249.1.help.text +msgctxt "04210000.xhp#hd_id3145249.1.help.text" +msgid "Insert Horizontal Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: 04210000.xhp#par_id3150758.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertGraphicRuler\">Inserts a horizontal line at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertGraphicRuler\">Set inn ei vassrett linje ved skrivemerket.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04210000.xhp#par_id3149806.5.help.text +msgid "The pictures of graphical lines belong to the <emph>Rulers </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\">Gallery</link> theme. If you want to add more pictures to the list, open the <emph>Gallery</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04210000.xhp#hd_id3151315.3.help.text +msgctxt "04210000.xhp#hd_id3151315.3.help.text" +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Utval" + +#: 04210000.xhp#par_id3152960.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_VS_RULER\">Select the type of line that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>. The \"Plain\" type inserts an empty paragraph with a line as lower border.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04210000.xhp#par_idN10667.help.text +msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04230000.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04230000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Botntekst" + +#: 04230000.xhp#hd_id3147403.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp\" name=\"Footer\">Footer</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3149353.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageFooter\">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04230000.xhp#par_id7026276.help.text +msgid "The footers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Print Layout</emph>)." +msgstr "" + +#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3150018.3.help.text +msgid "A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers." +msgstr "" + +#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3150566.4.help.text +msgid "To remove a footer, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style containing the footer. The footer is removed from all of the pages that use this page style." +msgstr "" + +#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3153923.5.help.text +msgid "To add or remove footers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Footer - All</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3151187.6.help.text +msgid "To format a footer, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Footer\"><emph>Format - Page - Footer</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05120400.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05120400.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Insert Columns/Rows" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120400.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts a row into the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Set inn ei rad i tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05120400.xhp#par_idN105A7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts a column into the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Set inn ein kolonne i tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3148489.1.help.text +msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3148489.1.help.text" +msgid "Insert Columns/Rows" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3151241.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"einfuegentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:MODALDIALOG:DLG_INS_ROW_COL\">Inserts a row or column into the table.</ahelp> This command is only available when the cursor is in a table.</variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"einfuegentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:MODALDIALOG:DLG_INS_ROW_COL\">Set inn ei rad eller ein kolonne i tabellen.</ahelp> Denne kommandoen kan berre brukast når skrivemerket står i ein tabell.</variable>" + +#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3083447.3.help.text +msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3083447.3.help.text" +msgid "Insert" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3155626.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:ED_COUNT\">Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:ED_COUNT\">Vel kor mange kolonnar eller rader som skal setjast inn.</ahelp>" + +#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3145829.6.help.text +msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3145829.6.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3154504.11.help.text +msgid "Specifies where to insert the columns or rows." +msgstr "" + +#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3150015.7.help.text +msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3150015.7.help.text" +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3150564.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_BEFORE\">Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_BEFORE\">Set inn nye kolonnar til venstre for gjeldande kolonne, eller nye rader over gjeldande rad.</ahelp>" + +#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3149024.9.help.text +msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3149024.9.help.text" +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3153718.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_AFTER\">Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_AFTER\">Set inn nye kolonnar til høgre for gjeldande kolonne, eller nye rader under gjeldande rad.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120200.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Insert Index/Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120200.xhp#hd_id3151312.1.help.text +msgctxt "04120200.xhp#hd_id3151312.1.help.text" +msgid "Insert Index/Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3154476.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnisse\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertMultiIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.</ahelp> To edit an index or table of contents, place the cursor in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.</variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnisse\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertMultiIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Set inn eit register eller ei innhaldsliste ved skrivemerket.</ahelp> Dersom du vil redigera eit register eller ei innhaldsliste, set du skrivemerket inn i registeret eller innhaldslista og vel <emph>Set inn → Register og innhaldslister → Register og innhaldslister</emph>.</variable>" + +#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3154575.3.help.text +msgid "You can also preview the index or table in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3155905.4.help.text +msgid "Depending on the type of index or table that you select, the following tabs are present." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3149481.5.help.text +msgid "Use this tab to specify the column layout for the index or table of contents. By default, the index title is one-column wide and extends out from left page margin." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3149095.6.help.text +msgctxt "04120200.xhp#par_id3149095.6.help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Text Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#bm_id3154558.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;text flow around text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text flow;around text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; breaks in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>row breaks in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; allowing page breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page breaks; tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting tables;row breaks</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabellar;tekstflyt rundt teksttabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstflyt;rundt teksttabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spalter; skift i teksttabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>radskift i teksttabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabellar; tillata sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sideskift; tabellar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dela opp tabellar;radskift</bookmark_value>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3154558.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3145245.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TABLE_TEXTFLOW\">Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TABLE_TEXTFLOW\">Vel korleis teksten skal flyta før og etter tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3153920.3.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3153920.3.help.text" +msgid "Text flow" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3153720.4.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Break" +msgstr "Linjeskift" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3154643.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGEBREAK\">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGEBREAK\">Vel denne avkryssingsboksen, og vel så kva skift tabellen skal ha.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3151183.6.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3151183.6.help.text" +msgid "Page" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149286.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKPAGE\">Inserts a page break before or after the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKPAGE\">Set inn eit sideskift før eller etter tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3150981.8.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3150981.8.help.text" +msgid "Column" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3151310.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKCOLUMN\">Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKCOLUMN\">Set inn eit spalteskift før eller etter tabellen på ei side med fleire spalter.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3155898.10.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3155898.10.help.text" +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149695.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKBEFORE\">Inserts a page or column break before the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKBEFORE\">Set inn eit side- eller spalteskift før tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3159189.12.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3159189.12.help.text" +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3155179.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKAFTER\">Inserts a page or column break after the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKAFTER\">Sett inn eit side- eller spalteskift etter tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3149490.14.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3149490.14.help.text" +msgid "With Page Style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3143282.15.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGECOLL\">Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGECOLL\">Vel sidestil for første side etter sideskiftet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3154839.16.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3154839.16.help.text" +msgid "Page Style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149098.17.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_PAGECOLL\">Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_PAGECOLL\">Vel kva sidestil du vil bruka på den første sida etter sideskiftet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3149819.18.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3149819.18.help.text" +msgid "Page number" +msgstr "Sidetal" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3148978.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_PAGENUM\">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_PAGENUM\">Skriv inn sidetalet for den første sida etter sideskiftet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3147100.33.help.text +msgid "Allow table to split across pages and columns" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3153629.34.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT\">Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT\">Tillèt sideskift eller spalteskift mellom radene i tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN108D6.help.text +msgid "Allow row to break across pages and columns" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN108DA.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:TriStateBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT_ROW\">Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.</ahelp> This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the <emph>Repeat Heading</emph> option is selected." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:TriStateBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT_ROW\">Tillèt sideskift eller spalteskift inni radene i tabellen.</ahelp> Dette gjeld ikkje for den første rada i ein tabell dersom <emph>Gjenta overskrift</emph> er valt." + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3149034.35.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3149034.35.help.text" +msgid "Keep with next paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3147577.36.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_KEEP\">Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_KEEP\">Hald tabellen og det neste avsnittet saman på ei side eller i ei spalte når du sett inn skiftet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3152772.19.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3152772.19.help.text" +msgid "Repeat heading" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3153350.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_HEADLINE\">Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_HEADLINE\">Gjenta tabelloverskrifta på ei ny side når tabellen går over fleire sider.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN1091C.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#par_idN1091C.help.text" +msgid "The first ... rows" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10920.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">Vel kor mange rader som skal vera med i overskrifta.</ahelp>" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10940.help.text +msgid "Text orientation" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10944.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_TEXTORIENTATION\">Select the orientation for the text in the cells.</ahelp> You can use the following formatting options to specify the orientation of text in table cells:" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10964.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#par_idN10964.help.text" +msgid "Horizontal" +msgstr "Vassrett" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10968.help.text +msgctxt "05090300.xhp#par_idN10968.help.text" +msgid "Vertical" +msgstr "Loddrett" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN1097T.help.text +msgid "Use superordinate object settings" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3151028.23.help.text +msgid "Vertical alignment" +msgstr "" + +#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149164.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_VERTORIENT\">Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_VERTORIENT\">Vel den loddrette justeringa av tekst i tabellcellene.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120223.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Entries (illustration index)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120223.xhp#hd_id3145244.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Entries (illustration index)\">Entries (illustration index)</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120223.xhp#par_id3148769.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the illustration index entries. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120223.xhp#par_id3154639.3.help.text +msgid "Illustration Indexes only have one index level." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150104.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05150104.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Combine" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150104.xhp#hd_id3154502.1.help.text +msgctxt "05150104.xhp#hd_id3154502.1.help.text" +msgid "Combine" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150104.xhp#hd_id3150020.2.help.text +msgid "Minimum Size" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150104.xhp#par_id3145241.3.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:RID_OFADLG_PRCNT_SET:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:RID_OFADLG_PRCNT_SET:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Skriv inn minste lengda på samanslåtte eilinjes-avsnitt. Verdien skal vera ein prosentdel av sidebredda.</ahelp>" + +#: 05110000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Row" +msgstr "Rad" + +#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3149502.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp\" name=\"Row\">Row</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05110000.xhp#par_id3154652.2.help.text +msgid "Set the height of rows, or select, insert, and delete rows." +msgstr "" + +#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3083451.3.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp\" name=\"Height\">Height</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3149349.5.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal Height\">Optimal Height</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3149883.4.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05110000.xhp#hd_id3149883.4.help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"Insert...\">Insert...</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04090007.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Special Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#bm_id3154106.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>tags; in $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; special HTML tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML;special tags for fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fields;HTML import and export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time fields;HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date fields;HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DocInformation fields</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#hd_id3154106.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp\" name=\"Special Tags\">Special Tags</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3153669.3.help.text +msgid "When you save a document that contains fields as an HTML document, $[officename] automatically converts date, time, and DocInformation fields to special HTML tags. The field contents are inserted between the opening and closing HTML tags of the converted fields. These special HTML tags do not correspond to standard HTML tags." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3152960.4.help.text +msgid "$[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#hd_id3154570.5.help.text +msgid "Date and Time Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149696.6.help.text +msgid "For \"Date\" and \"Time\" fields, the TYPE parameter equals DATETIME. The format of the date or the time is specified by the SDNUM parameter, for example, DD:MM:YY for dates, or HH:MM:SS for time." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155183.7.help.text +msgid "For fixed date and time fields, the date or the time is specified by the SDVAL parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149485.8.help.text +msgid "Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3151257.9.help.text +msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3151257.9.help.text" +msgid "Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3148970.10.help.text +msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3148970.10.help.text" +msgid "$[officename] Tag" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147102.11.help.text +msgid "Date is fixed" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3153634.12.help.text +msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4239988426\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/YY\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155137.13.help.text +msgid "Date is variable" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3156275.14.help.text +msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/YY\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3145774.15.help.text +msgid "Time is fixed" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155915.16.help.text +msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4240335648\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3150110.17.help.text +msgid "Time is variable" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155862.18.help.text +msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#hd_id3147409.23.help.text +msgid "DocInformation Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147487.24.help.text +msgid "For DocInformation fields, the TYPE parameter equals DOCINFO. The SUBTYPE parameter displays the specific field type, for example, for the \"Created\" DocInformation field, SUBTYPE=CREATE. For date and time DocInformation fields, the FORMAT parameter equals DATE or TIME, and the SDNUM parameter indicates the number format that is used. The SDFIXED parameter indicates if the content of the DocInformation field is fixed or not." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147501.25.help.text +msgid "The contents of a fixed date or time field are equal to the SDVAL parameter, otherwise the contents are equal to the text found between the SDFIELD HTML tags." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149562.26.help.text +msgid "Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147738.27.help.text +msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3147738.27.help.text" +msgid "Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3146334.28.help.text +msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3146334.28.help.text" +msgid "$[officename] Tag" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149846.29.help.text +msgid "Description (fixed content)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3148863.30.help.text +msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=COMMENT SDFIXED>Description</SDFIELD>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3151083.31.help.text +msgid "Creation date" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3153298.32.help.text +msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM=\"1031;1031;QQ YY\">1. Quarter 98</SDFIELD>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3150175.33.help.text +msgid "Creation time (fixed content)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3156134.34.help.text +msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=TIME SDVAL=\"0\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS AM/PM\" SDFIXED>03:58:35 PM</SDFIELD>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155077.35.help.text +msgid "Modification date" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3154330.36.help.text +msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CHANGE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM=\"1031;1031;NN DD MMM, YY\">Mo 23 Feb, 98</SDFIELD>" +msgstr "" + +#: 03140000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Hidden Paragraphs" +msgstr "" + +#: 03140000.xhp#hd_id3155959.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp\" name=\"Hidden Paragraphs\">Hidden Paragraphs</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3150251.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs\">Shows or hides hidden paragraphs.</ahelp> This option only affects the screen display of hidden paragraphs, and not the printing of hidden paragraphs." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs\">Viser eller gøymer gøymde avsnitt.</ahelp> Denne innstillinga påverkar berre skjermvisinga av gøymde avsnitt, ikkje utskrifta." + +#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3157875.3.help.text +msgid "To enable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and ensure that the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box in the <emph>Display of</emph> area is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3154501.4.help.text +msgid "Use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"field command\">field command</link> \"Hidden Paragraph\" to assign a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link> that must be met to hide a paragraph. If the condition is not met, the paragraph is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3083451.5.help.text +msgid "When you hide a paragraph, footnotes and frames that are anchored to characters in the paragraph are also hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Footnotes/Endnotes" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149028.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp\" name=\"Footnotes/Endnotes\">Footnotes/Endnotes</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147170.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies where footnotes and endnotes are displayed as well as their numbering formats.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"\" visibility=\"visible\">Vel kvar fotnotar og sluttnotar skal visast og korleis dei skal nummererast.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3149800.3.help.text +msgid "This tab is not available in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Print Layout\">Print Layout</link> view." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3153538.4.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3153538.4.help.text" +msgid "Footnotes" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3154480.5.help.text +msgid "Collect at end of text" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3151309.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Legg til fotnotar til slutt i bolken. Om bolken breier seg over meir enn ei side, blir fotnotane lagde til nedst på sida der fotnotemerket står.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3152960.6.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3152960.6.help.text" +msgid "Restart numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3153677.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Startar nummereringa av fotnotar på nytt på talet du vel.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149688.13.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3149688.13.help.text" +msgid "Start at" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3154196.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_FTN_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_FTN_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn talet du vil leggja til fotnoten.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3155185.15.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3155185.15.help.text" +msgid "Custom format" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3143283.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Vel nummereringsformatet for fotnotane.</ahelp> Dette alternativet kan berre kryssast av dersom <emph>Start nummerering på nytt</emph> er valt." + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3151258.17.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3151258.17.help.text" +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3149827.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn teksten som skal stå framfor nummeret på fotnoten.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3154827.19.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3154827.19.help.text" +msgid "Spin button own format" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147092.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_FTN_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the footnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_FTN_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Vel nummereringsstilen for fotnotane.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3148975.21.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3148975.21.help.text" +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147221.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn teksten som skal stå etter nummeret på fotnoten.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149044.7.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3149044.7.help.text" +msgid "Endnotes" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3153639.8.help.text +msgid "Collect at end of section" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147585.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Legg sluttnotar på slutten av bolken.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3152780.9.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3152780.9.help.text" +msgid "Restart numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3153345.25.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Startar på nytt med nummereringa av sluttnotar.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149166.26.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3149166.26.help.text" +msgid "Start at" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3156270.27.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_END_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_END_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn nummeret som sluttnoten skal ha.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3151027.28.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3151027.28.help.text" +msgid "Custom format" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3145776.29.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Vel nummereringsformatet for sluttnotane.</ahelp> Dette alternativet kan berre kryssast av dersom <emph>Start nummerering på nytt</emph> er valt." + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3151383.30.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3151383.30.help.text" +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3155921.31.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn teksten som skal stå framfor nummeret til fotnoten.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3150699.32.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3150699.32.help.text" +msgid "Spin button own format" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3150123.33.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_END_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the endnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_END_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Vel nummereringsstilen for sluttnotane.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3155871.34.help.text +msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3155871.34.help.text" +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147425.35.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn teksten som skal stå etter nummeret på sluttnoten.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_copyto.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Copies To" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text +msgid "Copy To" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text +msgid "Specify additional e-mail recipients for the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">mail merge</link> document." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text +msgid "CC" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel mottakarane av e-postkopiar, skilde med semikolon (;).</ahelp>" + +#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text +msgid "BCC" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the recipients of e-mail blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel mottakarane av e-post-blindkopiar, skilde med semikolon (;).</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge02.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text +msgid "Specify the type of mail merge document to create. " +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text +msgid "Letter" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a printable mail merge document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lag eit brevflettingsdokument som kan skrivast ut.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge02.xhp#hd_id6954863.help.text +msgid "E-mail message" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an e-mail message or an e-mail attachment.</ahelp> This feature needs Java Mail. If Java Mail is not installed, you can download the software from <link href=\"http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/\">http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses\">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120224.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Entries (index of tables)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120224.xhp#hd_id3147406.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"Entries (index of tables)\">Entries (index of tables)</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120224.xhp#par_id3146318.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in an Index of Tables. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120224.xhp#par_id3150020.3.help.text +msgid "An Index of Tables only has one index level." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120201.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04120201.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "Stil" + +#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3145825.36.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3154505.37.help.text +msgid "You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3150565.26.help.text +msgid "Assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3147171.28.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Levels" +msgstr "Innrykksnivå" + +#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3151180.29.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_LEVEL\">Select the index level that you change the formatting of.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_LEVEL\">Vel registernivået du vil endra formateringa på.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3147571.30.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04120201.xhp#hd_id3147571.30.help.text" +msgid "Paragraph Styles" +msgstr "Avsnittsstil" + +#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3149290.31.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_PARALAY\">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3145418.32.help.text +msgctxt "04120201.xhp#hd_id3145418.32.help.text" +msgid "<" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3154099.33.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_TOX_STYLES_BT_ASSIGN\">Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_TOX_STYLES_BT_ASSIGN\">Formaterer det valde indeksnivået med den valde avsnittsstilen.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3149807.34.help.text +msgid "Default" +msgstr "Standard" + +#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3153539.35.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_STD\">Resets the formatting of the selected level to the \"Default\" paragraph style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3154474.38.help.text +msgctxt "04120201.xhp#hd_id3154474.38.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3153675.39.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_EDIT_STYLE\">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "06080200.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Endnotes" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3156321.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp\" name=\"Endnotes\">Endnotes</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3151182.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENDNOTE_OPTIONS\">Specifies the formatting for endnotes.</ahelp> The type of endnote numbering and the Styles to apply are the options available." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENDNOTE_OPTIONS\">Vel korleis sluttnotar skal formaterast.</ahelp> Du kan velja nummereringstype og kva for stilar som skal brukast." + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3149292.3.help.text +msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3149292.3.help.text" +msgid "AutoNumbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3151178.4.help.text +msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3151178.4.help.text" +msgid "Start at" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3147512.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.</ahelp> This is useful if want the endnote numbering to span more than one document." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">Skriv inn nummeret for den første sluttnoten i dokumentet.</ahelp> Dette er nyttig dersom du vil at nummereringa av sluttnotane skal gå over fleire dokument." + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3150702.13.help.text +msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3150702.13.help.text" +msgid "Before" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3152943.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \"re: \" to display \"re: 1\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3149804.15.help.text +msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3149804.15.help.text" +msgid "After" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3153535.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \")\" to display \"1)\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3152952.6.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3152952.6.help.text" +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "Stil" + +#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3150970.7.help.text +msgid "To ensure a uniform appearance for the endnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnotes." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3151312.8.help.text +msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3151312.8.help.text" +msgid "Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3147526.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">Select the paragraph style for the endnote text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">Vel avsnittstil for sluttnoteteksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3154470.11.help.text +msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3154470.11.help.text" +msgid "Page" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3154569.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">Vel sidestilen du vil bruka for sluttnotar.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3155901.20.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3155901.20.help.text" +msgid "Character Styles" +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3149692.21.help.text +msgid "You can assign styles to endnote anchors and text. You can use the predefined endnote styles, or use a different style." +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3154198.22.help.text +msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3154198.22.help.text" +msgid "Text area" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3159200.23.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">Vel teiknstilen du vil bruka for sluttnotemerke i tekstområdet i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3151326.18.help.text +msgid "Endnote area" +msgstr "" + +#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3155182.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENDNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENDNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">Vel teiknstilen du vil bruka for sluttnotetala i sluttnoteområdet.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "E-Mail Message" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text" +msgid "E-Mail Message" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10540.help.text +msgid "Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">e-mail</link> attachments." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10554.help.text +msgid "This e-mail should contain a salutation" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a salutation to the e-mail.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Legg til ei helsing i e-posten.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text" +msgid "Insert personalized salutation" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Legg til ei personleg helsing. Fjern krysset om du vil bruka standardhelsinga.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10562.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10562.help.text" +msgid "Female" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10566.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10566.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Tilpassa helsing</link> for kvinnelege mottakarar.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text" +msgid "Male" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Tilpassa helsing</link> for mannlege mottakarar.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text" +msgid "Field name" +msgstr "Filnamn" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A1.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A1.help.text" +msgid "Field value" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A5.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A5.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A8.help.text +msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A8.help.text" +msgid "General salutation" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105AC.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel standardhelsinga som skal brukast dersom ei personleg helsing ikkje kan opprettast.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105AF.help.text +msgid "Write your message here" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105B3.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the main text of the e-mail.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv inn hovudteksten til e-posten.</ahelp>" + +#: 06100000.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06100000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Sort" +msgstr "Sorter" + +#: 06100000.xhp#bm_id3149353.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;sorting rows</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs in special languages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Asian languages;sorting paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149353.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3149353.1.help.text" +msgid "Sort" +msgstr "Sorter" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3150015.2.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<variable id=\"sort\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\">Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.</ahelp> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys.</variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"sort\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\">Sorterer dei valde avsnitta eller tabellradene alfabetisk eller numerisk.</ahelp> Du kan velja opptil tre sorteringsnøklar og i tillegg kombinera sortering med tal og bokstavar.</variable>" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3150931.3.help.text +msgid "Sort criteria" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149029.4.help.text +msgid "Keys 1 to 3" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3147170.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_SORTING:CB_KEY3\">Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_SORTING:CB_KEY3\">Vel fleire sorteringskriterium. Du kan også bruka fleire sorteringsnøklar saman.</ahelp>" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3147565.6.help.text +msgid "Column 1 to 3" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3154644.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_SORTING:ED_KEY3\">Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3150254.9.help.text +msgid "Key type 1 to 3" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3149752.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SORTING:DLB_KEY3\">Select the sorting option that you want to use.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SORTING:DLB_KEY3\">Vel sorteringsalternativ.</ahelp>" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3151177.16.help.text +msgid "Order" +msgstr "Rekkjefølgje" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id072020090105453.help.text +msgid "Ascending" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3154270.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_UP3\">Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_UP3\">Sorter i stigande rekkefølgje (til dømes 1, 2, 3 eller a, b, c).</ahelp>" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3150708.19.help.text +msgid "Descending" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3152946.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_DN3\">Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_DN3\">Sorter i synkande rekkefølgje (til dømes 9, 8, 7 eller å, ø, æ).</ahelp>" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149812.11.help.text +msgid "Direction" +msgstr "Retning" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3153540.12.help.text +msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3153540.12.help.text" +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3150973.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_COL\">Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_COL\">Sorter kolonnane i tabellen etter gjeldande sorteringsinnstillingar.</ahelp>" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3147526.14.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3147526.14.help.text" +msgid "Rows" +msgstr "Rad" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3153677.15.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_ROW\">Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_ROW\">Sorter radene i tabellen eller avsnitta i det merka området etter gjeldande sorteringsinnstillingar.</ahelp>" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3151312.21.help.text +msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3151312.21.help.text" +msgid "Separator" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3150350.22.help.text +msgid "Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3154570.23.help.text +msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3154570.23.help.text" +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3155902.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_TAB\">If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_TAB\">Vel dette om dei valde avsnitta samsvarer med ei liste skild med tabulator.</ahelp>" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3154190.25.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3154190.25.help.text" +msgid "Character" +msgstr "Teikn" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3159196.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SORTING:ED_TABCH\">Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.</ahelp> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SORTING:ED_TABCH\">Skriv inn teiknet du vil bruka som skiljeteikn i det merkte området.</ahelp> Ved å bruka eit skiljeteikn, kan $[officename] avgjera posisjonen til sorteringsnøkkelen i det valde avsnittet." + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3151324.31.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3151324.31.help.text" +msgid "..." +msgstr "…" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3155178.32.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SORTING_PB_DELIM\">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SORTING_PB_DELIM\">Opnar dialogvindauget for <emph>spesialteikn</emph>, der du kan velja kva teikn du vil bruka som skiljeteikn.</ahelp>" + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149482.33.help.text +msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3149482.33.help.text" +msgid "Language" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3151252.34.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_SORTING_LB_LANG\">Select the language that defines the sorting rules.</ahelp> Some languages sort special characters differently than other languages." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_SORTING_LB_LANG\">Vel språket som skal brukast i sorteringa.</ahelp> Nokre språk sorterer spesialteikn på andre måtar enn andre språk." + +#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149104.35.help.text +msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3149104.35.help.text" +msgid "Match case" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3154838.36.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_DLG_SORTING_CB_CASE\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06100000.xhp#par_idN10895.help.text +msgid "For Asian languages, select <emph>Match case </emph>to apply multi-level collation. In the multi-level collation, the primitive forms of the entries are first compared with the cases of the forms and diacritics ignored. If the forms are the same, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still the same, the cases, character widths, and Japanese Kana differences of the forms are compared." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05150200.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Apply" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#bm_id5028839.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic heading formatting</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>automatisk overskriftsformatering</bookmark_value>" + +#: 05150200.xhp#bm_id.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;headings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings;automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>separator lines;AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>automatisk formatering;overskrifter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overskrifter;automatisk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>delelinjer;automatisk formatering</bookmark_value>" + +#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3155962.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"Apply\">Apply</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3149871.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatApply\">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph> <emph>Options</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3147404.15.help.text +msgid "When you apply automatic formats, the following rules apply:" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text +msgid "AutoCorrect for Headings" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3154505.4.help.text +msgid "A paragraph is formatted as a heading when the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3145241.19.help.text +msgid "paragraph begins with a capital letter" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3148386.20.help.text +msgid "paragraph does not end with a punctuation mark" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3150564.21.help.text +msgid "empty paragraph above and below the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3149030.8.help.text +msgid "AutoCorrect for Bullets / Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3156316.9.help.text +msgid "To create a bulleted list, type a hyphen (-), star (*), or plus sign (+), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3150763.18.help.text +msgid "To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a period (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph. " +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3147507.16.help.text +msgid "Automatic numbering is only applied to paragraphs formatted with the <emph>Standard</emph>, <emph>Text body</emph> or <emph>Text body indent</emph> paragraph styles." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3152941.10.help.text +msgid "AutoCorrect for Separator Lines" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3154105.11.help.text +msgid "If you type three or more hyphens (---), underscores (___) or equal signs (===) on line and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"lower border\">lower border</link> of the preceding paragraph. The following rules apply:" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3153530.12.help.text +msgid "Three hyphens (-) yield a single line (0.05 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3154477.13.help.text +msgid "Three underscore (_) yield a single line (1 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3150982.14.help.text +msgid "Three equal signs (=) yield a double line (1.10 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Entries (table of contents)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3145827.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"Entries (table of contents)\">Entries (table of contents)</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150017.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format of the entries in the table of contents.</variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3148774.3.help.text +msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3148774.3.help.text" +msgid "Level" +msgstr "Innrykksnivå" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3147169.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the level that you want to define.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3147569.6.help.text +msgid "Structure and formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154638.7.help.text +msgid "The <emph>Structure </emph>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3149292.35.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure </emph>line.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3147512.8.help.text +msgid "To delete a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then press the <item type=\"keycode\">Delete</item> key." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3149806.9.help.text +msgid "To replace a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then click a code button." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154480.10.help.text +msgid "To add a code to the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3153675.11.help.text +msgid "Chapter number (E#)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154567.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO\">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose<emph> Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO\">Set inn heile kapitteloverskrifta, inkludert kapittelnummer (om tilgjengeleg). For å tilordna kapittelnummerering til ein overskriftsstil, vel <emph>Verktøy → Disposisjonsnummerering</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3149691.13.help.text +msgid "Entry text (E)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154199.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRY\">Inserts the text of the chapter heading.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRY\">Skriv inn teksten til kapitteloverskrifta.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3143276.15.help.text +msgid "Tab stop (T)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3149490.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB\">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB\">Set inn ein tabulator. Vel eit teikn i <emph>Fyll-feltet</emph> for å leggja til fyllteikn framom tabulatoren. Skriv inn ein verdi i <emph>Tabulatorposisjon</emph> for å endra posisjonen til tabulatoren, eller vel <emph>Juster mot høgre</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3151257.17.help.text +msgid "Page number (#)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3148981.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_PAGENO\">Inserts the page number of the entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_PAGENO\">Set inn sidetalet til oppføringa.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3147212.19.help.text +msgid " Hyperlink (LS and LE)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3153631.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_HYPERLINK\">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3152766.36.help.text +msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3152766.36.help.text" +msgid "All" +msgstr "Alle" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3155137.37.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ALL_LEVELS\">Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3153355.21.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3153355.21.help.text" +msgid "Character Style" +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3156277.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHARSTYLE\">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHARSTYLE\">Oppgi formatstil for den valde delen av <emph>strukturlinja</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3145772.23.help.text +msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3145772.23.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3151372.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE\">Opnar eit dialogvindauge der du kan redigera teiknstilen.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3155909.25.help.text +msgid "Fill character" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150112.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_FILLCHAR\">Select the tab leader that you want use.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_FILLCHAR\">Vel fyllteikn her.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3155859.27.help.text +msgid "Tab stop position" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150689.28.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TOX_ENTRY:MF_TABPOS\">Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TOX_ENTRY:MF_TABPOS\">Skriv inn avstanden mellom den venstre sidemargen og tabulatoren.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3147415.29.help.text +msgid "Align right" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3147495.30.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_AUTORIGHT\">Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_AUTORIGHT\">Juster tabulatoren til høgre sidemarg.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3145269.31.help.text +msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3145269.31.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id6499221.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3149559.33.help.text +msgid "Tab position relative to Paragraph Style indent" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150554.34.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_RELTOSTYLE\">Positions the tab stop relative to the \"indent from left\" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#bm_id9646290.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>resizing;aspect ratio</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aspect ratio;resizing objects</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3151389.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp\" name=\"Type\">Type</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3150568.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_STD\">Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_STD\">Vel storleiken og plasseringa av det valde objektet eller ramma på ei side.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147168.3.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147168.3.help.text" +msgid "Size" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147567.5.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147567.5.help.text" +msgid "Width" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3151180.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_WIDTH\">Enter the width that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_WIDTH\">Vel kor breitt det valde objektet skal vera.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3154646.7.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3154646.7.help.text" +msgid "Relative" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145413.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_WIDTH\">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147516.9.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147516.9.help.text" +msgid "Height" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3154099.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_HEIGHT\">Enter the height that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_HEIGHT\">Vel kor høgt det valde objektet skal vera.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3149809.11.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3149809.11.help.text" +msgid "Relative" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3154563.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_HEIGHT\">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3151313.13.help.text +msgid "Keep ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3153675.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FIXEDRATIO\">Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FIXEDRATIO\">Tek vare på høgde- og breidde-forholdet når du endrar innstillingane for høgd eller breidd.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3154470.41.help.text +msgid "Original Size" +msgstr "Opphavleg storleik" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3155898.42.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_STD:BT_REALSIZE\">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_STD:BT_REALSIZE\">Tilbakestiller storleiksinnstillingane for det valde objektet til dei opphavlege verdiane.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149102.44.help.text +msgid "This option is not available for frames." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3149824.15.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3149824.15.help.text" +msgid "Automatic" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3151262.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Tilpassar automatisk breidda og høgda på ei ramme slik at ho passar til innhaldet. Dersom du vil, kan du velja ei minste høgd eller minste breidd for ramma.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3152773.43.help.text +msgid "The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available when you select a frame." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3155144.17.help.text +msgid "Anchor" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3153352.18.help.text +msgid "Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialog from the Styles and Formatting window." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3156269.45.help.text +msgid "To page" +msgstr "Til side" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149169.46.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PAGE\">Anchors the selection to the current page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PAGE\">Forankrar utvalet til sida.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3151028.60.help.text +msgid "To paragraph" +msgstr "Til avsnitt" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145777.61.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PARA\">Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PARA\">Forankrar utvalet til avsnittet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3155913.62.help.text +msgid "To character" +msgstr "Til teikn" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3151377.63.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AT_CHAR\">Anchors the selection to a character.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AT_CHAR\">Forankrar utvalet til eit teikn.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150115.47.help.text +msgid "As character" +msgstr "Som teikn" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3155863.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AS_CHAR\">Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AS_CHAR\">Forankrar utvalet som teikn. Linjehøgda vert endra slik at ho passar til høgda på utvalet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150693.25.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3150693.25.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3147413.26.help.text +msgid "Specify the location of the selected object on the current page." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147488.27.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147488.27.help.text" +msgid "Horizontal" +msgstr "Vassrett" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145121.28.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_HORIZONTAL\">Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.</ahelp> This option is not available if you chose \"anchor as character\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3149554.29.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3149554.29.help.text" +msgid "by" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145258.30.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_HORZ_POS\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Left\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> box." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150545.48.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3150545.48.help.text" +msgid "to" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149213.49.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_HORI_RELATION\">Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_HORI_RELATION\">Vel referansepunktet for det vassrette justeringsalternativet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149230.51.help.text +msgid "You can see the result of the alignments options that you select in the Preview box." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147746.52.help.text +msgid "Mirror on even pages" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3146337.53.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_MIRROR\">Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_MIRROR\">Gjer om innstillingane for vassrett justering på partalssider.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3148446.54.help.text +msgid "You can also use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Graphics\"><emph>Graphics</emph></link> flip options to adjust the layout of objects on even and odd pages." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3145310.31.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3145310.31.help.text" +msgid "Vertical" +msgstr "Loddrett" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3150161.32.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_VERTICAL\">Select the vertical alignment option for the object.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_VERTICAL\">Vel det loddrette justeringsalternativet for objektet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3150463.59.help.text +msgid "If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the \"Bottom\" and \"Center\" alignment options are available." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3154724.33.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3154724.33.help.text" +msgid "by" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3156130.34.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_VERT_POS\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Top\" or \"From Bottom\" (as character) in the <emph>Vertical</emph> box. " +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150912.56.help.text +msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3150912.56.help.text" +msgid "to" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3155075.57.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_VERT_RELATION\">Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_VERT_RELATION\">Vel referansepunktet for det loddrette justeringsalternativet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_idN10A8E.help.text +msgid "Follow text flow" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_idN10A92.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:CheckBox:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FOLLOWTEXTFLOW\">Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:CheckBox:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FOLLOWTEXTFLOW\">Held det valde objektet innanfor grensene til teksten som objektet er forankra til. Dersom du vil plassera objektet fritt i dokumentet, må du ikkje velja dette alternativet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_idN10AA6.help.text +msgid "By default, the <emph>Follow text flow</emph> option is selected when you open a document that was created in a version of %PRODUCTNAME older than %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION. However, this option is not selected when you create a document or when you open a document in Microsoft Word format (*.doc)." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149241.58.help.text +msgid "The green rectangle represents the selected object and the red rectangle represents the alignment reference point. If you anchor the object as a character, the reference rectangle changes to a red line." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3146949.66.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05260000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Anchor\"><emph>Format - Anchor</emph></link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3153231.67.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05070000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Alignment\"><emph>Format - Alignment</emph></link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04190000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04190000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Insert (File)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04190000.xhp#hd_id3147562.1.help.text +msgctxt "04190000.xhp#hd_id3147562.1.help.text" +msgid "Insert (File)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04190000.xhp#par_id3145411.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"datei\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertDoc\">Inserts a text file at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"datei\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertDoc\">Set inn ei tekstfil ved skrivemerket.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04190000.xhp#par_idN105BD.help.text +msgid "To always have the latest version of the contents of a file, insert a section into your document, and then insert a link to the text file in the section. See <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\">insert a section</link> for details." +msgstr "" + +#: 06190000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Update All" +msgstr "" + +#: 06190000.xhp#hd_id3145824.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp\" name=\"Update All\">Update All</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 06190000.xhp#par_id3153004.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAll\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAll\" visibility=\"visible\">Oppdater alle lenkjer, felt, register, innhaldslister og sideformatering i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05170000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05170000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Load Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3151242.1.help.text +msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3151242.1.help.text" +msgid "Load Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3083446.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"vorlagentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:LoadStyles\">Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"vorlagentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:LoadStyles\">Importer formateringsstilar frå eit anna dokument eller ein mal inn i dokumentet.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3149354.6.help.text +msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3149354.6.help.text" +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3154561.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_REGION\">Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the <emph>Templates </emph>list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_REGION\">Listar opp dei tilgjengelege malkategoriane. Trykk på ein kategori for å sjå på innhaldet i <emph>mallista</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3149885.8.help.text +msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3149885.8.help.text" +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3145249.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_TEMPLATE\">Lists the available templates for the selected category.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_TEMPLATE\">Viser malane i den valde kategorien.</ahelp>" + +#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3148392.10.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3148392.10.help.text" +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Neste" + +#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3149026.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_TEXT_STYLE\">Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_TEXT_STYLE\">Bruk avsnitts- og teiknstilar frå det valde dokumentet i dokumentet du arbeider med.</ahelp>" + +#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3153717.12.help.text +msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3153717.12.help.text" +msgid "Frame" +msgstr "" + +#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3156320.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_FRAME_STYLE\">Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_FRAME_STYLE\">Hent rammestilar frå det valde dokumentet inn i dokumentet du arbeider med.</ahelp>" + +#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3147565.14.help.text +msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3147565.14.help.text" +msgid "Page" +msgstr "" + +#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3154642.15.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_PAGE_STYLE\">Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_PAGE_STYLE\">Hent sidestilane frå det valde dokumentet inn i dokumentet du arbeider med.</ahelp>" + +#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3153147.18.help.text +msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3153147.18.help.text" +msgid "Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3152587.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_NUM_STYLE\">Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_NUM_STYLE\">Hent nummereringsstilane frå det valde dokumentet inn i dokumentet du arbeider med.</ahelp>" + +#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3151176.16.help.text +msgid "Overwrite" +msgstr "" + +#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3147514.17.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_MERGE_STYLE\">Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_MERGE_STYLE\">Erstattar stilar i dette dokumentet med stilar du hentar inn med same namn.</ahelp>" + +#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3150358.20.help.text +msgid "Styles with identical names are automatically overwritten." +msgstr "" + +#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3153668.21.help.text +msgid "From file" +msgstr "" + +#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3147526.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_NEW_FILE_PB_LOAD_FILE\">Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_NEW_FILE_PB_LOAD_FILE\">Finn fila som inneheld stilane du vil henta, og trykk <emph>Opna</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_finent.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Find Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text +msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text" +msgid "Find Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text +msgid "Searches for a record or recipient in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> address list." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text +msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text" +msgid "Find" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the search term.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv inn søkjeordet.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text +msgid "Find only in" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Restricts the search to one data field. </ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Avgrens søket til eitt datafelt.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text +msgid "Select the data field where you want to search for the text." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text +msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text" +msgid "Find" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays the next record that contains the search text.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vis den neste posten som inneheld søkjeteksten.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04090100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Input Field" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090100.xhp#hd_id3147515.1.help.text +msgctxt "04090100.xhp#hd_id3147515.1.help.text" +msgid "Input Field" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3146041.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLD_INPUT\">Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.</ahelp> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLD_INPUT\">Set inn eit tekstfelt du kan opna og redigera ved å trykkja på det.</ahelp> Du kan bruka skrivefelt for tekst eller tilordna ein ny verdi til ein variabel." + +#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3154470.7.help.text +msgid "To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090100.xhp#hd_id3153669.3.help.text +msgctxt "04090100.xhp#hd_id3153669.3.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3154571.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:DLG_FLD_INPUT:ED_EDIT\">The upper box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box of the Input Field on the <emph>Functions </emph>tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog. The lower box displays the contents of the field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:DLG_FLD_INPUT:ED_EDIT\">Det øvste feltet viser teksten du har skrive inn under <emph>Referanse</emph> på fana <emph>Funksjonar</emph> i dialogvindauget <emph>Felt</emph>. Det nedste feltet viser innhaldet i feltet.</ahelp>" + +#: 04090100.xhp#hd_id3155897.5.help.text +msgctxt "04090100.xhp#hd_id3155897.5.help.text" +msgid "Next" +msgstr "Neste" + +#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3149691.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_FLD_INPUT:PB_NEXT\">Jumps to the next input field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available when you position the cursor directly before an input field, and then press Shift+Ctrl+F9." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_FLD_INPUT:PB_NEXT\">Gå til neste skrivefelt i dokumentet.</ahelp> Denne knappen kan berre brukast når skrivemerket ligg rett framfor eit skrivefelt og du trykkjer Shift + Ctrl + F9." + +#: 05130100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05130100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Condition" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#bm_id3154656.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; conditional</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional styles</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>stilar; vilkårsstilar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vilkårsstilar</bookmark_value>" + +#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3154656.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp\" name=\"Condition\">Condition</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154766.2.help.text +msgid "Define conditions for conditional styles here." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3151391.10.help.text +msgid "Conditional styles are paragraph styles that have different properties depending on the context. Once defined, you cannot change the conditional properties of a conditional style." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149349.11.help.text +msgid "$[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149883.12.help.text +msgid "Open a blank text document and write a short business letter with a header (<emph>Format</emph> - <emph>Page</emph> - <emph>Header</emph>)." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3148768.21.help.text +msgid "Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog. Name this style \"Business letter\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3153723.23.help.text +msgid "Then click the <emph>Condition</emph> tab and select the <emph>Conditional style</emph> field to define the new Paragraph Style as a conditional style." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154647.24.help.text +msgid "In <emph>Context</emph>, select the header entry and under <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> select the style for the header in your business letter; for example, the default Paragraph Style \"Header\". You also can select your own style." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3150760.25.help.text +msgid "You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Apply</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149753.26.help.text +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new \"Business letter\" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type=\"literal\">All Styles</item> or <item type=\"literal\">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3145412.27.help.text +msgid "The header text now has the attributes you specified in the Header Paragraph Style, while the other parts of the document have the attributes defined in the business letter conditional Paragraph Style." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154473.13.help.text +msgid "The \"Text body\" Style was created as a conditional style. Therefore, any styles you derive from it can be used as conditional styles." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3151321.14.help.text +msgid "The Paragraph Style applied to the context is used when exporting to other formats (RTF, HTML, and so on)." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3152952.3.help.text +msgid "Conditional style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3150974.15.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION\">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION\">Kryss av i denne boksen for å definera ein ny stil som vilkårsstil.</ahelp>" + +#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3153672.4.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Context" +msgstr "Innhald" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3147530.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_COND_COLL_TABLIST\">Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_COND_COLL_TABLIST\">Her ser du dei førehandsvalde samanhengane, medrekna disposisjonsnivåa 1 til 10, nummererings- og punktmerkingsnivåa 1 til 10, tabelloverskrift, tabellinnhald, bolk, kantlinje, fotnote, topptekst og botntekst.</ahelp>" + +#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3155896.5.help.text +msgid "Applied Style" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149689.17.help.text +msgid "Here you can see the list of all Paragraph Styles applied to a context." +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3154194.6.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05130100.xhp#hd_id3154194.6.help.text" +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "Stil" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3159195.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:LB_STYLE\">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:LB_STYLE\">Lista viser alle avsnittsstilane som kan brukast i ein viss samanheng.</ahelp>" + +#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3149306.8.help.text +msgctxt "05130100.xhp#hd_id3149306.8.help.text" +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3151335.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_REMOVE\">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_REMOVE\">Trykk her for å fjerna samanhengen som er knytt til den valde stilen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3149483.9.help.text +msgctxt "05130100.xhp#hd_id3149483.9.help.text" +msgid "Assign" +msgstr "" + +#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154829.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_ASSIGN\">Click <emph>Assign</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_ASSIGN\">Trykk <emph>Tildel</emph> for å leggja den valde <emph>avsnittsstilen</emph> til den oppgitte <emph>samanhengen</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04070000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Envelope" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070000.xhp#bm_id7094027.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;envelopes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>letters;inserting envelopes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>envelopes</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id3145245.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp\" name=\"Envelope\">Envelope</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp\" name=\"Envelope\">Konvolutt</link>" + +#: 04070000.xhp#par_id3149289.2.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<variable id=\"briefum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertEnvelope\">Creates an envelope.</ahelp> On three tab pages, you can specify the addressee and sender, the position and format for both addresses, the size of the envelope, and the envelope orientation.</variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"briefum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertEnvelope\">Lag ein konvolutt.</ahelp> På tre fanar kan du oppgje avsendar og mottakar, plassering og formatering av begge adressene, storleiken på konvolutten og utskriftsretninga.</variable>" + +#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id3153540.4.help.text +msgid "New doc." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070000.xhp#par_id3154473.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_PRINT\">Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_PRINT\">Opprettar eit nytt dokument og set inn konvolutten.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id3152959.6.help.text +msgctxt "04070000.xhp#hd_id3152959.6.help.text" +msgid "Insert" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070000.xhp#par_id3151320.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_INSERT\">Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_INSERT\">Set inn konvolutten før gjeldande side i dokumentet.</ahelp> Konvolutten vert formatert med sidestilen <emph>Konvolutt</emph>." + +#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id8208563.help.text +msgid "To delete an envelope from a document" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070000.xhp#par_id396130.help.text +msgid "Click into the envelope page to make it the current page." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070000.xhp#par_id7174596.help.text +msgid "Right-click the field on the status line that shows \"Envelope\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070000.xhp#par_id7657704.help.text +msgid "A submenu opens showing some page styles." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070000.xhp#par_id5187536.help.text +msgid "Choose the \"Default\" page style from the submenu." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070000.xhp#par_id6952726.help.text +msgid "This removes the special \"Envelope\" page formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070000.xhp#par_id1777092.help.text +msgid "Delete the frames for sender and recipient. Click the border of each frame and press the Del key." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120225.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Entries (user-defined index)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120225.xhp#hd_id3147406.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"Entries (user-defined index)\">Entries (user-defined index)</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120225.xhp#par_id3146318.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in a user-defined index. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120225.xhp#par_id3150020.3.help.text +msgid "User-defined indexes do not support sub-keys." +msgstr "" + +#: 03090000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "03090000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 03090000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Field Names</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3147171.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Fieldnames\">Switches the field display between field names and field contents.</ahelp> A check mark indicates that the field names are displayed, and no check mark indicates that field contents are displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Fieldnames\">Byt mellom å visa feltnamn og feltinnhald i visinga av felt.</ahelp> Dersom det er kryssa av, vert feltnamna viste. Viss ikkje, vert innhaldet vist. I nokre tilfelle kan ikkje feltinnhaldet visast." + +#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3149287.4.help.text +msgid "To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the<emph> Field codes </emph>checkbox in the <emph>Display</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3154098.5.help.text +msgid "When you print a document with <emph>View - Field Names</emph> enabled, you are prompted to include the field names in the print out." +msgstr "" + +#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3145579.3.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields\">Insert - Fields</link>." +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04090002.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Cross-references" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id3153641.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"Cross-references\">Cross-references</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155142.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"reftext\"><ahelp hid=\".\">This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"reftext\"><ahelp hid=\".\">Her set du inn referansar eller refererte feil i dokumentet. Referansar er refererte felt i det same dokumentet eller i deldokument i eit hovuddokument.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3159197.19.help.text +msgid "The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id4333628.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#hd_id4333628.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id4516129.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Selection list, and then click Insert.</ahelp> The following fields are available:" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE\">Viser tilgjengelege felttypar. For å leggja eit felt til dokumentet, trykk på ein felttype, vel eit felt i lista og trykk på <emph>Set inn</emph>.</ahelp> Dei følgjande felta kan setjast inn:" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3151380.3.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3151380.3.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150700.4.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3150700.4.help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155862.5.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set Reference" +msgstr "Set inn referanse" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3147422.6.help.text +msgid "Set target for a referenced field. Under <emph>Name</emph>, enter a name for the reference. When inserting the reference, the name will then appear as an identification in the list box <emph>Selection</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149556.7.help.text +msgid "In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For the target in HTML documents, you have to <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"insert a bookmark\">insert a bookmark</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150548.8.help.text +msgid "Insert Reference" +msgstr "Set inn referanse" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3147746.9.help.text +msgid "Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with \"Set Reference\" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3146344.16.help.text +msgid "In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered \"by hand\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149847.10.help.text +msgid "In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For referenced fields in HTML documents, you have to <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp\" name=\"insert a hyperlink\">insert a hyperlink</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id2408825.help.text +msgid "Headings" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id9988402.help.text +msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all headings in the order of their appearance in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6401257.help.text +msgid "Numbered Paragraphs" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id5841242.help.text +msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all numbered headings and numbered paragraphs in the order of their appearance in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id306711.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id306711.help.text" +msgid "Bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150907.11.help.text +msgid "After inserting a bookmark in the document with <emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>, the bookmarks entry on the <emph>References</emph> tab becomes usable. Bookmarks are used to mark certain text passages in a document. In a text document, you can use the bookmarks, for example, to jump from one passage in the document to another." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155080.12.help.text +msgid "In an HTML document, these bookmarks become anchors <A name>, which determine the target of hyperlinks for example." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011072.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011072.help.text" +msgid "Footnotes" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011049.help.text +msgid "If your documents contains a footnote, you can select the Footnotes entry. A reference to a footnote returns the footnote number." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6794030.help.text +msgid "(Inserted objects with captions)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7096774.help.text +msgid "You can set references to objects that have captions applied. For example, insert a picture, right-click the picture, choose Caption. Now the object shows up as a numbered \"Illustration\" in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154772.18.help.text +msgid "References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as \"unformatted text\" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id5824152.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#hd_id5824152.help.text" +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Utval" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7374187.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the \"Insert reference to\" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7729728.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id7729728.help.text" +msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id2171086.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, click the format that you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id3154333.21.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Insert reference to" +msgstr "Set inn referanse" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3148786.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_REF:LB_REFFORMAT\">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_REF:LB_REFFORMAT\">Vel kva format du vil bruka på referansefeltet.</ahelp> Dei følgjande formata er tilgjengelege:" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7576525.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id7576525.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id641193.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id641193.help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150039.23.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3150039.23.help.text" +msgid "Page" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3153134.24.help.text +msgid "Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150681.27.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3150681.27.help.text" +msgid "Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154040.28.help.text +msgid "Inserts the complete reference target text. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149972.29.help.text +msgid "Above/Below" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149619.30.help.text +msgid "Inserts \"above\" or \"below\", depending on the location of the reference target relative to the position of the reference field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3148705.31.help.text +msgid "As Page Style" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3148728.32.help.text +msgid "Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target using the format specified in the page style." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id5699942.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id5699942.help.text" +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6420484.help.text +msgid "Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including superior levels depending on the context. See note below this table for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6986602.help.text +msgid "Number (no context)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id616779.help.text +msgid "Inserts only the number of the heading or numbered paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id791039.help.text +msgid "Number (full context)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id1953489.help.text +msgid "Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including all superior levels." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154635.25.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3154635.25.help.text" +msgid "Chapter" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149646.26.help.text +msgid "Inserts the number of the chapter containing the reference target." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155553.33.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3155553.33.help.text" +msgid "Category and Number" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155356.34.help.text +msgid "Inserts the category (caption type) and the number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154224.35.help.text +msgid "Caption Text" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3145105.36.help.text +msgid "Inserts the caption label of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149587.37.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3149587.37.help.text" +msgid "Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3146883.38.help.text +msgid "Inserts the caption number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id757469.help.text +msgid "The \"Number\" format inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph. The superior levels are included depending on the context, as necessary. " +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id5189062.help.text +msgid "For example, when you are in a chapter 1, subchapter 2, subpart 5, this may be numbered as 1.2.5. When you insert here a reference to text in the previous subpart \"1.2.4\" and you apply the \"Number\" format, then the reference will be shown as \"4\". If in this example the numbering is set to show more sublevels, the same reference will be shown as \"2.4\" or \"1.2.4\", depending on the setting. If you use the \"Number (full context)\" format, you will always see \"1.2.4\", no matter how the numbered paragraph is formatted." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id3156242.13.help.text +msgctxt "04090002.xhp#hd_id3156242.13.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3156259.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_REF:ED_REFNAME\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp> To set a target, click \"Set Reference\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3156032.17.help.text +msgid "In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the<emph> Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name </emph>box." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id0903200802250745.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined fields.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3159216.15.help.text +msgid "If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the contents of the field that you insert." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6501968.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Edit the value.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vel filformat.</ahelp>" + +#: 05120300.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05120300.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Select" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120300.xhp#hd_id3154660.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp\" name=\"Select\">Select</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05120300.xhp#par_id3154765.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireColumn\" visibility=\"visible\">Selects the column that contains the cursor.</ahelp> This option is only available if the cursor is in a table." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireColumn\" visibility=\"visible\">Vel kolonnen som inneheld skrivemerket.</ahelp> Dette alternativet er berre tilgjengeleg når skrivemerket står i ein tabell." + +#: 01150000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "01150000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Mail Merge" +msgstr "Brevfletting" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150757.1.help.text +msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150757.1.help.text" +msgid "Mail Merge" +msgstr "Brevfletting" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3151187.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeDialog\">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog, which helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeDialog\">Opnar dialogvindauget for <emph>Brevfletting</emph>, der du kan skriva ut og lagra fletta brev.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3154102.4.help.text +msgid "During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\"><emph>Database</emph></link> tab page under <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>." +msgstr "Når du skriv ut, erstattar databaseinformasjonen dei tilsvarande databasefelta (plasshaldarane). Du finn meir informasjon om korleis du set inn databasefelt under <emph>Set inn → Felt → Andre → <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\">Database</link></emph>." + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id8186895.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select a database and table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vel ein database og ein tabell.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3101901.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click to create one big document containing all data records.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Trykk for å laga eitt enkelt, stort dokument som inneheld alle datapostar.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id5345011.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click to create one document for every one data record.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Trykk for å lage eitt enkelt dokument for kvar datapost.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id5631580.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Generate each file name from data contained in a database.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lag kvart filnamn ut frå data i ein database.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id8992889.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select the file format.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Vel filformat.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3154482.5.help.text +msgid "Records" +msgstr "Datapostar" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3154565.6.help.text +msgid "Determines the number of records for printing the form letter. One letter will be printed for each record." +msgstr "Avgjer talet på datapostar som skal skrivast ut. Det vert skrive ut eitt brev for kvar post." + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3155896.7.help.text +msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3155896.7.help.text" +msgid "All" +msgstr "Alle" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149691.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_ALL\">Processes all the records from the database.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_ALL\">Handsamar alle postane frå databasen.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3155186.9.help.text +msgid "Selected records" +msgstr "Utvalde postar" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149483.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_MARKED\">Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_MARKED\">Handsamar berre dei valde postane frå databasen. Dette er berre mogleg om du alt har valt dei nødvendige postane i databasen.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3149819.23.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3149819.23.help.text" +msgid "From" +msgstr "Frå" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149104.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FROM\">Specifies which records to include in your form letter.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FROM\">Vel kva datapostar du vil ha med i brevflettinga.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3151260.11.help.text +msgid "From:" +msgstr "Frå:" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149034.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_FROM\">Specifies the number of the first record to be printed.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_FROM\">Oppgjev nummeret på den første posten som skal skrivast ut.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3153631.25.help.text +msgid "To:" +msgstr "Til:" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3145758.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_TO\">Specifies the number of the last record to be printed.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_TO\">Oppgjev nummeret på den siste posten som skal skrivast ut.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3152772.13.help.text +msgid "Output" +msgstr "Utdata" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3155138.14.help.text +msgid "Determines whether to send your form letters to a printer or save them to a file." +msgstr "Avgjer om dei fletta breva skal sendast til ein skriver eller lagrast i ei fil." + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150485.15.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150485.15.help.text" +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Skriver" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149167.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_PRINTER\">Prints the form letters.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_PRINTER\">Skriv ut dei fletta breva.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3145773.39.help.text +msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3145773.39.help.text" +msgid "File" +msgstr "Fil" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3155910.40.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FILE\">Saves the form letters in files.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FILE\">Lagrar dei fletta breva i filer.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3151371.35.help.text +msgid "Single print jobs" +msgstr "Enkeltutskrifter" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3155858.36.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:CB_SINGLE_JOBS\">Prints each form letter individually with the selected printer.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:CB_SINGLE_JOBS\">Skriv ut kvart fletta brev for seg med den valde skrivaren.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150111.41.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150111.41.help.text" +msgid "Path" +msgstr "Stig" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3150687.42.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_PATH\">Specifies the path to store the form letters.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_PATH\">Oppgje stigen der dei fletta breva skal lagrast.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3147412.43.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3147412.43.help.text" +msgid "..." +msgstr "…" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149553.44.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH\">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH\">Opnar dialogvindauget <emph>Vel stig</emph></ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3145263.49.help.text +msgid "Generate file name from" +msgstr "Hent filnamn frå" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3150547.50.help.text +msgid "Specifies how the file name is generated." +msgstr "Oppgjev kvar filnamnet vert henta frå." + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150561.45.help.text +msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150561.45.help.text" +msgid "Database field" +msgstr "Databasefelt" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149829.46.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:LB_COLUMN\">Uses the content of the selected data field as the file name for the form letter.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:LB_COLUMN\">Brukar innhaldet i det valde datafeltet som filnamn for det fletta brevet.</ahelp>" + +#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3149848.47.help.text +msgid "Manual setting" +msgstr "Manuell innstilling" + +#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3153289.48.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME\">Creates the file name based on the text you enter, followed by a serial number.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME\">Lagar eit filnamn basert på tekst du skriv inn, og med eit serienummer etterpå.</ahelp>" + +#: 02140000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Edit Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150493.1.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3150493.1.help.text" +msgid "Edit Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3151184.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FieldDialog\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3151168.4.help.text +msgid "You can also double-click a field in your document to open the field for editing." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3153668.5.help.text +msgid "To change the view between field names and field contents in your document, choose <emph>View - Fields</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149106.59.help.text +msgid "If you select a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields, </emph>the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Links\"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialog opens." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149036.60.help.text +msgid "If you click in front of a \"sender\" type field, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>, the <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"User data\"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialog opens." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3145765.9.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3145765.9.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3155142.10.help.text +msgid "Lists the type of field that you are editing." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3151371.13.help.text +msgid "The following dialog elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150687.56.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3150687.56.help.text" +msgid "Select" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150700.57.help.text +msgid "Lists the field options, for example, \"fixed\". If you want, you can click another option for the selected field type." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3155854.11.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3155854.11.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3147409.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKNUMFORMAT\">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click \"Additional formats\" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3149556.24.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3149556.24.help.text" +msgid "Offset" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3145256.25.help.text +msgid "Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for \"Next Page,\" \"Page Numbers\" or \"Previous Page\". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id5081637.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#par_id5081637.help.text" +msgid "If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3145269.22.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3145269.22.help.text" +msgid "Level" +msgstr "Innrykksnivå" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150559.23.help.text +msgid "Change the defined values and outline levels for the \"Chapter\" field type." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3147744.14.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3147744.14.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149834.15.help.text +msgid "Displays the name of a field variable. If you want, you can enter a new name." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3148844.20.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3148844.20.help.text" +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3148857.21.help.text +msgid "Displays the current value of the field variable. If you want, you can enter a new value." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3153306.16.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3153306.16.help.text" +msgid "Condition" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3156124.17.help.text +msgid "Displays the condition that must be met for the field to be activated. If you want, you can enter a new <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3156103.26.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3156103.26.help.text" +msgid "Then, Else" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3155073.27.help.text +msgid "Change the field contents that are displayed depending on whether the field condition is met or not." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3154326.30.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3154326.30.help.text" +msgid "Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3154339.31.help.text +msgid "Insert or modify the reference text for the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3148785.18.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3148785.18.help.text" +msgid "Macro name" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3148798.19.help.text +msgid "Displays the name of the macro assigned to the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150097.32.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3150097.32.help.text" +msgid "Placeholder" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150027.33.help.text +msgid "Displays the placeholder text of the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150041.36.help.text +msgid "Insert Text" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3153126.37.help.text +msgid "Displays the text that is linked to a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3153140.61.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3153140.61.help.text" +msgid "Formula" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3154624.62.help.text +msgid "Displays the formula of a formula field." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150658.63.help.text +msgid "Database selection" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150671.64.help.text +msgid "Select a registered database that you want to insert the selected field from. You can also change the table or query that the selected field refers to." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3154025.38.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3154025.38.help.text" +msgid "Record number" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3154039.39.help.text +msgid "Displays the database record number that is inserted when the condition specified for the \"Any record\" field type is met. " +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3149960.47.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3149960.47.help.text" +msgid "Left Arrow" +msgstr "Pil venstre" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149602.49.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV\">Jumps to the previous field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3155341.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3148728.48.help.text +msgid "Previous Field" +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3155541.50.help.text +msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3155541.50.help.text" +msgid "Right Arrow" +msgstr "Pil høgre" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3146846.52.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT\">Jumps to the next field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type." +msgstr "" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3145117.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149575\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149575\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3146891.51.help.text +msgid "Next Field" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Macro" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3145241.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Macro\">Macro</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3158429.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Specifies the macro to run when you click a graphic, frame, or an OLE object.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Vel makroen som skal køyrast når du trykkjer på eit bilete, ei ramme eller eit OLE-objekt.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3147176.3.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3147176.3.help.text" +msgid "Event" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147564.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lists the events that can trigger a macro.</ahelp> Only the events that are relevant to the selected object are listed." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149286.23.help.text +msgid "The following table lists the object types and the events that can trigger a macro:" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3152949.24.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3152949.24.help.text" +msgid "Event" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149808.25.help.text +msgid "Event trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3152957.26.help.text +msgid "OLE object" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154564.27.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154564.27.help.text" +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3153675.28.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3153675.28.help.text" +msgid "Frame" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154473.29.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154473.29.help.text" +msgid "AutoText" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149684.30.help.text +msgid "ImageMap area" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154197.31.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154197.31.help.text" +msgid "Hyperlink" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155182.32.help.text +msgid "Click object" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149489.33.help.text +msgid "object is selected" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3151249.34.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3151249.34.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149104.35.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149104.35.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147089.36.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3147089.36.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3153637.37.help.text +msgid "Mouse over object" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147579.38.help.text +msgid "mouse pointer moves over the object" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3152779.39.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3152779.39.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3153349.40.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3153349.40.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149174.41.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149174.41.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3151031.42.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3151031.42.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145784.43.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3145784.43.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155910.44.help.text +msgid "Trigger Hyperlink" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155857.45.help.text +msgid "hyperlink that is assigned to the object is clicked" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150693.46.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150693.46.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147423.47.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3147423.47.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145256.48.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3145256.48.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149554.49.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149554.49.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155976.50.help.text +msgid "Mouse leaves object " +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149216.51.help.text +msgid "mouse pointer moves off the object" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147739.52.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3147739.52.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3146336.53.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3146336.53.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149841.54.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149841.54.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148436.55.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3148436.55.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3151082.56.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3151082.56.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154780.57.help.text +msgid "Graphics load successful " +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145304.58.help.text +msgid "graphic is loaded successfully" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150169.59.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150169.59.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154718.60.help.text +msgid "Graphics load terminated" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156136.61.help.text +msgid "loading of the graphic is terminated by the user (for example, when downloading)" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156105.62.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3156105.62.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155079.63.help.text +msgid "Graphics load faulty" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149250.64.help.text +msgid "graphic is not successfully loaded" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154327.65.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154327.65.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148779.66.help.text +msgid "Input of alpha characters " +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150030.67.help.text +msgid "text is inputted" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155792.68.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3155792.68.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154623.69.help.text +msgid "Input of non-alpha characters " +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147391.70.help.text +msgid "Nonprinting characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150666.71.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150666.71.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149963.72.help.text +msgid "Resize frame" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147284.73.help.text +msgid "frame is resized" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150774.74.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150774.74.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148713.75.help.text +msgid "Move frame" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155349.76.help.text +msgid "frame is moved" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155553.77.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3155553.77.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154227.78.help.text +msgid "Before inserting AutoText" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155785.79.help.text +msgid "before AutoText is inserted" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145292.80.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3145292.80.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145096.81.help.text +msgid "After inserting AutoText" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149577.82.help.text +msgid "after AutoText is inserted" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156237.83.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3156237.83.help.text" +msgid "x" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3159203.89.help.text +msgid "For events that are linked to controls in forms, see <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170103.xhp\" name=\"Control properties\">Control properties</link> or <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170202.xhp\" name=\"Form properties\">Form properties</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3156030.5.help.text +msgid "Macros" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156043.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156058.84.help.text +msgid "Frames allow you to link certain events to a function that then decides if the event is handled by $[officename] Writer or by the function. See the $[officename] Basic Help for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3149271.7.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3149271.7.help.text" +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149284.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location where you want to save the macros." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Viser $[officename]-programmet og opne $[officename]-dokument.</ahelp> I denne lista kan du velja kvar makroane skal lagrast." + +#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3156441.9.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3156441.9.help.text" +msgid "Macro name" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148458.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click <emph>Assign</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Viser dei tilgjengelege makroane. Vel den makroen du vil tilordna til den valde hendinga, og trykk på <emph>Tilordna</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3145173.11.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3145173.11.help.text" +msgid "Assign" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145197.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_ASSIGN\">Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3150811.15.help.text +msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3150811.15.help.text" +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150882.16.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"aufheb\"><ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_DELETE\">Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"aufheb\"><ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_DELETE\">Fjernar makrooppgåva frå den valde posten.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Custom Salutation" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text" +msgid "Custom Salutation" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10540.help.text +msgid "Specify the salutation layout for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">mail merge</link> or <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">e-mail merge</link> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10551.help.text +msgid "Salutation elements" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel eit adressefelt og dra feltet over til den andre lista.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text" +msgid ">" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Legg det valde feltet frå lista over helsingselement til i den andre lista. Du kan leggja til eit felt fleire enn éin gong.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text" +msgid "<" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10566.help.text +msgid "Drag salutation elements into the box below" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Still opp felta med drag-og-slepp, eller ved a bruka pilknappane.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text +msgid "Customize salutation" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10571.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel ein verdi frå lista til felta for helsing og teiknsetjing.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text" +msgid "Preview" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10578.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current salutation layout.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Førehandsvis den første databaseposten med det noverande helsingsoppsettet.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text" +msgid "(Arrow Buttons)" +msgstr "(Pilknappar)" + +#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text +msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text" +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel eit element i lista og trykk på ein pilknapp for å flytta på det.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seltab.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seltab.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Select Table" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text" +msgid "Select Table" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the table that you want to use for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> addresses.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel kva tabell du vil bruka til <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">brevflettingsadresser</link>.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10557.help.text +msgctxt "mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10557.help.text" +msgid "Preview" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opna dialogvindauget <emph>Mottakarar av brevfletting</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151180.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149295.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_FMT\">Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3147515.42.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3147515.42.help.text" +msgid "Addressee" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3154105.43.help.text +msgid "Sets the position and the text formatting options of the addressee field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3153527.3.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3153527.3.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3154563.4.help.text +msgid "Sets the position of the recipient's address on the envelope." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3154471.15.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3154471.15.help.text" +msgid "from left" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3152957.16.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_LEFT\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_TOP_DIST\">Vel kor langt frå teksten toppen av tabellen skal liggja.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151319.17.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3151319.17.help.text" +msgid "from top" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3155895.18.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_TOP\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_TOP_DIST\">Vel kor langt frå teksten toppen av tabellen skal liggja.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149692.5.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149692.5.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3154201.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_ADDR_EDIT\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3143272.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3143272.7.help.text" +msgid "Character" +msgstr "Teikn" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149481.8.help.text +msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149815.11.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149815.11.help.text" +msgid "Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149828.12.help.text +msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151262.44.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3151262.44.help.text" +msgid "Sender" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149107.45.help.text +msgid "Sets the position and the text formatting options of the sender field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3148980.46.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3148980.46.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149041.47.help.text +msgid "Sets the position of the sender's address on the envelope." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3153636.29.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3153636.29.help.text" +msgid "from left" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3152776.30.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_LEFT\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3145766.31.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3145766.31.help.text" +msgid "from top" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3155149.32.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_TOP\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_TOP_DIST\">Vel kor langt frå teksten toppen av tabellen skal liggja.</ahelp>" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149179.19.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149179.19.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3156281.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_SEND_EDIT\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3145787.21.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3145787.21.help.text" +msgid "Character" +msgstr "Teikn" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3155918.22.help.text +msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151378.25.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3151378.25.help.text" +msgid "Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3150112.26.help.text +msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3150687.34.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3150687.34.help.text" +msgid "Size" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3150700.35.help.text +msgid "Select the envelope size format that you want to use, or create a custom size." +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3155868.36.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3155868.36.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3147422.37.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENV_FMT_BOX_SIZE_FORMAT\">Select the envelope size that want, or select \"User Defined\", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3145256.38.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3145256.38.help.text" +msgid "Width" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149551.39.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_WIDTH\">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149567.40.help.text +msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149567.40.help.text" +msgid "Height" +msgstr "" + +#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3150561.41.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_HEIGHT\">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04150000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp\">Table</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Førehandsvis sida</link>" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149355.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTable\">Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTable\">Set inn ein tabell i dokumentet. Du kan òg trykkja på pila, dra med musa for å velja talet på rader og kolonnar i tabellen og så trykkja i den siste cella.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3153922.3.help.text +msgid "To insert a table from another document, copy the table, and then paste the table into the current document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3151181.49.help.text +msgid "To convert text into a table, select the text, and then choose <emph>Table - Convert - Text to Table</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_idN10642.help.text +msgid "To insert a table into a table, click in a cell in the table and choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154638.50.help.text +msgid "$[officename] can automatically format numbers that you enter in a table cell, for example, dates and times. To activate this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph> and click the<emph> Number recognition </emph>check box in the <emph>Input in tables</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text +msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154099.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">Gi tabellen eit namn.</ahelp>" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3149806.9.help.text +msgid "Table size" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3153533.10.help.text +msgid "Specify the number of columns and rows in the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3153672.11.help.text +msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3153672.11.help.text" +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154576.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_COL\">Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_COL\">Vel kor mange kolonnar tabellen skal ha.</ahelp>" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3152954.13.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3152954.13.help.text" +msgid "Rows" +msgstr "Rad" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154477.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_ROW\">Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_ROW\">Vel kor mange rader tabellen skal ha.</ahelp>" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3155903.37.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3155903.37.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149694.41.help.text +msgid "Set the options for the table." +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3154198.42.help.text +msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3154198.42.help.text" +msgid "Heading" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3155188.43.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">Includes a heading row in the table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">Tek med ei overskriftsrad i tabellen.</ahelp>" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3143270.38.help.text +msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3143270.38.help.text" +msgid "Repeat heading" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3151252.44.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">Gjentek overskriftsrada øvst på kvar side dersom tabellen går over fleire sider.</ahelp>" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_idN10754.help.text +msgctxt "04150000.xhp#par_idN10754.help.text" +msgid "The first ... rows" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_idN10758.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">Vel kor mange rader du vil ha med i overskrifta.</ahelp>" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3149821.39.help.text +msgid "Do not split the table" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149106.45.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">Hindra at tabellen strekkjer seg over meir enn éi side.</ahelp>" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3154838.40.help.text +msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3154838.40.help.text" +msgid "Border" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3148970.46.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">Adds a border to the table cells.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">Lag ei kantlinje rundt tabellcellene.</ahelp>" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3147213.35.help.text +msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3147213.35.help.text" +msgid "AutoFormat" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149036.36.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"autoformattext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:BT_AUTOFORMAT\">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3147575.15.help.text +msgid "Icon on the Insert toolbar" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3153511.16.help.text +msgid "On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell." +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3155912.52.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Table - Text Flow\">Table - Table Properties - Text Flow</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3150688.53.help.text +msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05990000.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05990000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Styles" +msgstr "Stil" + +#: 05990000.xhp#hd_id3149666.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05040600.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05040600.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Footnote" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154767.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\">Footnote</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149351.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_PAGE\">Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_PAGE\">Vel utforming av fotnotar, inkludert linja som skil fotnoten frå hovuddelen av dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154646.3.help.text +msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3154646.3.help.text" +msgid "Footnote area" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3151168.4.help.text +msgid "Set the height of the footnote area." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3145412.5.help.text +msgid "Not larger than page area" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3147514.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:RB_MAXHEIGHT_PAGE\">Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:RB_MAXHEIGHT_PAGE\">Justerer automatisk høgda på fotnoteområdet, avhengig av talet på fotnotar.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154099.7.help.text +msgid "Maximum Footnote Height" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149807.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:RB_MAXHEIGHT\">Vel største høgd for fotnoteområdet. Kryss av her og skriv inn høgda.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3154568.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_MAXHEIGHT\">Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_MAXHEIGHT\">Vel største høgd for fotnoteområdet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3151318.11.help.text +msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3151318.11.help.text" +msgid "Distance from text" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3153665.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_DIST\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_DIST\">Vel avstanden mellom nedste marg på sida og første tekstlinja i fotnoteområdet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3155897.13.help.text +msgid "Separator Line" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149689.14.help.text +msgid "Specifies the position and length of the separator line." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154194.15.help.text +msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3154194.15.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3155184.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINEPOS\">Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINEPOS\">Vel den vassrette justeringa for linja som skil hovudteksten frå fotnoteområdet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3143284.17.help.text +msgid "Length" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3154827.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEWIDTH\">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEWIDTH\">Skriv inn lengda på delelinja i prosent av sidebreidda.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3151253.19.help.text +msgid "Weight" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149105.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINETYPE\">Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"0.0 pt\".</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3149828.21.help.text +msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3149828.21.help.text" +msgid "Spacing" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3148970.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEDIST\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEDIST\">Vel avstanden mellom delelinja og første tekstlinja i fotnoteområdet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3155145.24.help.text +msgid "To specify the spacing between two footnotes, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: 03070000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Text Boundaries" +msgstr "" + +#: 03070000.xhp#hd_id3145418.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp\" name=\"Text Boundaries\">Text Boundaries</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 03070000.xhp#par_id3151310.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ViewBounds\">Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ViewBounds\">Vis eller gøym grensene for området av sida som kan skrivast ut. Desse grenselinjene blir ikkje skrivne ut.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120226.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Entries (table of objects)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120226.xhp#hd_id3147401.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"Entries (table of objects)\">Entries (table of objects)</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120226.xhp#par_id3083447.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in a Table of Objects. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120226.xhp#par_id3150017.3.help.text +msgid "A Table of Objects only has one index level." +msgstr "" + +#: 03100000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Nonprinting Characters" +msgstr "Kontrollteikn (som ikkje blir skrivne ut)" + +#: 03100000.xhp#hd_id3154507.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Nonprinting Characters\">Nonprinting Characters</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 03100000.xhp#par_id3154646.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ControlCodes\">Shows nonprinting characters in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ControlCodes\">Viser teikn i teksten som ikkje blir skrivne ut. Dette kan vera teikn som avsnittsmerke, linjeskift, tabulatorinnrykk og mellomrom.</ahelp>" + +#: 03100000.xhp#par_id3145410.5.help.text +msgid "When you delete a paragraph mark, the paragraph that is merged takes on the formatting of the paragraph that the cursor is in." +msgstr "" + +#: 03100000.xhp#par_id3147511.6.help.text +msgid "To specify which nonprinting characters are displayed, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then select the options that you want in the <emph>Display of</emph> area." +msgstr "" + +#: 01120000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Page Preview" +msgstr "Førehandsvis sida" + +#: 01120000.xhp#hd_id2013916.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Page Preview</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Førehandsvis sida</link>" + +#: 01120000.xhp#par_id1471907.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintPreview\">Displays a preview of the printed page or closes the preview.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintPreview\">Førehandsviser sida eller avsluttar førehandsvisinga.</ahelp>" + +#: 01120000.xhp#par_id8697470.help.text +msgid "Use the icons on the <emph>Page Preview Bar</emph> to scroll through the pages of the document or to print the document." +msgstr "Bruk ikona på verktøylinja <emph>Førehandsvis sida</emph> for å bla gjennom sidene i dokumentet eller skriva det ut." + +#: 01120000.xhp#par_id4314706.help.text +msgid "You can also press Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll through the pages." +msgstr "Du kan også bruka tastane <emph>Page Up</emph> og <emph>Page Down</emph> for å bla gjennom sidene." + +#: 01120000.xhp#par_id4771874.help.text +msgid "You cannot edit your document while you are in the page preview." +msgstr "Du kan ikkje redigera i dokumentet medan du førehandsviser ei side." + +#: 01120000.xhp#par_id5027008.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">To exit the page preview, click the <emph>Close Preview</emph> button.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Trykk på <emph>Lukk førehandsvisinga</emph> for å avslutta førehandsvisinga.</ahelp>" + +#: 01120000.xhp#par_id2649311.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"Page View Object Bar\">Page View Object Bar</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"Page View Object Bar\">Objektlinja for sidevising</link>" + +#: 06040000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Word Count" +msgstr "" + +#: 06040000.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp\">Word Count</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Førehandsvis sida</link>" + +#: 06040000.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"FN_WORDCOUNT_DIALOG\">Counts the words and characters, with or without spaces, in the current selection and in the whole document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"FN_WORDCOUNT_DIALOG\">Tel ord og teikn i det merkte området og i heile dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: 06040000.xhp#par_idN1062D.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">Fil → Eigenskapar → Statistikk</link>" + +#: 04090200.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Defining Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#bm_id3145828.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3145828.1.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"defining_conditions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\">Defining Conditions</link></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145242.13.help.text +msgid "Conditions are logical expressions that you can use to control the display of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\">fields</link> and <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\">sections</link> in your document. Although the following examples apply to fields, they also apply to sections." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147171.93.help.text +msgid "You can define conditions for the following field types:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151185.14.help.text +msgid "Conditional text: displays text A if the condition is true, or text B if the condition is false." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149289.15.help.text +msgid "Hidden text: hides the contents of the field if the condition is true." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145412.16.help.text +msgid "Hidden paragraph: hides the paragraph if the condition is true." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147515.17.help.text +msgid "Any record and next record: controls the access to database records." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149802.18.help.text +msgid "The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition </emph>box using the following values:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153677.19.help.text +msgid "TRUE" +msgstr "TRUE" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3152960.20.help.text +msgid "The condition is always met. You can also enter any value not equal to 0 as the conditional text." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155900.21.help.text +msgid "FALSE" +msgstr "FALSE" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154191.22.help.text +msgid "The condition is not met. You can also enter the value 0." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147090.23.help.text +msgid "If you leave the <emph>Condition </emph>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148980.24.help.text +msgid "When you define a condition, use the same <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">elements</link> for defining a formula, namely comparative operators, mathematical and statistical functions, number formats, variables and constants." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153638.25.help.text +msgid "You can use the following types of variables when you define a condition:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155135.27.help.text +msgid "Predefined <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">$[officename] variables</link> that use statistics on document properties" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156273.26.help.text +msgid "Custom variables, that are a created with the \"Set variable\" field" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149174.94.help.text +msgid "Variables based on user data" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145781.28.help.text +msgid "Variables based on the contents of database fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155916.29.help.text +msgid "You cannot use internal variables, such as page and chapter numbers, in condition expression." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3151375.30.help.text +msgid "Conditions and Variables" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150122.31.help.text +msgid "The following examples use a variable called \"x\":" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147417.32.help.text +msgid "x == 1 or x EQ 1" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147500.33.help.text +msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" is equal to 1." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145259.34.help.text +msgid "x != 1 or x NEQ 1" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150551.35.help.text +msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" does not equal 1." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147749.36.help.text +msgid "sinx == 0" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3146345.37.help.text +msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" is a multiple of pi." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149846.38.help.text +msgid "To use comparative operators with strings, the operands must be bounded by double quotation marks:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151078.39.help.text +msgid "x == \"ABC\" or x EQ \"ABC\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150162.40.help.text +msgid "Checks if variable \"x\" contains (true) the \"ABC\" string, or not (false)." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153301.41.help.text +msgid "x == \"\" or x EQ \"\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156120.90.help.text +msgid "or" +msgstr "eller" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156133.42.help.text +msgid "!x or NOT x" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156112.44.help.text +msgid "Checks if the variable \"x\" contains an empty string." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150097.45.help.text +msgid "The \"equal\" comparative operator must be represented by two equal signs (==) in a condition. For example, if you define a variable \"x\" with the value of 1, you can enter the condition as x==1." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3148791.95.help.text +msgid "User Data" +msgstr "Brukarinformasjon" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150028.96.help.text +msgid "You can include user data when you define conditions. To change your user data, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - User data</emph>. User data must be entered in the form of strings. You can query the user data with \"==\" (EQ), \"!=\" (NEQ), or \"!\"(NOT)." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153124.97.help.text +msgid "The following table lists user data variables and their meanings:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149632.130.help.text +msgid "Variable" +msgstr "Variabel" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150662.131.help.text +msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3150662.131.help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154026.98.help.text +msgid "user_firstname" +msgstr "user_firstname" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149953.99.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "First name" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# optionen.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Fornamn\n" +"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Førenamn" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147272.100.help.text +msgid "user_lastname" +msgstr "user_lastname" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149601.101.help.text +msgid "Last name" +msgstr "Etternamn" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150770.102.help.text +msgid "user_initials" +msgstr "user_initials" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155529.103.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initials" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# optionen.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Forbokstavar\n" +"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Førebokstavar" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148705.104.help.text +msgid "user_company" +msgstr "user_company" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148728.105.help.text +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Firma" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155361.106.help.text +msgid "user_street" +msgstr "user_street" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154222.107.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Street" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# optionen.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Adresse\n" +"#-#-#-#-# guide.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Gatenamn" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145108.108.help.text +msgid "user_country" +msgstr "user_country" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3146885.109.help.text +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Land" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149580.110.help.text +msgid "user_zipcode" +msgstr "user_zipcode" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156241.111.help.text +msgid "Zip code" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148922.112.help.text +msgid "user_city" +msgstr "user_city" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148945.113.help.text +msgid "City" +msgstr "Poststad" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156053.114.help.text +msgid "user_title" +msgstr "user_title" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3159219.115.help.text +msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3159219.115.help.text" +msgid "Title" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156435.116.help.text +msgid "user_position" +msgstr "user_position" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145178.117.help.text +msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3145178.117.help.text" +msgid "Position" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150797.118.help.text +msgid "user_tel_work" +msgstr "user_tel_work" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150820.119.help.text +msgid "Business telephone number" +msgstr "Jobbtelefon" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150894.120.help.text +msgid "user_tel_home" +msgstr "user_tel_home" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155320.121.help.text +msgid "Home telephone number" +msgstr "Heimetelefon" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154400.122.help.text +msgid "user_fax" +msgstr "user_fax" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153363.123.help.text +msgid "Fax number" +msgstr "Faksnummer" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153390.124.help.text +msgid "user_email" +msgstr "user_email" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154948.125.help.text +msgid "E-mail address" +msgstr "E-postadresse" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145603.126.help.text +msgid "user_state" +msgstr "user_state" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150129.127.help.text +msgid "State (not in all $[officename] versions)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150147.128.help.text +msgid "For example, to hide a paragraph, text, or a section from a user with a specific initial, such as \"LM\", enter the condition: user_initials==\"LM\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3154115.46.help.text +msgid "Conditions and Database Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154128.47.help.text +msgid "You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the contents of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156066.132.help.text +msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3156066.132.help.text" +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156088.133.help.text +msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3156088.133.help.text" +msgid "Meaning" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155948.48.help.text +msgid "Database.Table.Company" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148673.91.help.text +msgid "Database.Table.Company NEQ \"\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148687.92.help.text +msgid "Database.Table.Company != \"\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155373.49.help.text +msgid "The condition is true if the COMPANY field is not empty. (In the first example, no operator is required.)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149977.7.help.text +msgid "!Database.Table.Company" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149991.129.help.text +msgid "NOT Database.Table.Company" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150004.50.help.text +msgid "Database.Table.Company EQ \"\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3146911.9.help.text +msgid "Database.Table.Company ==\"\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148733.8.help.text +msgid "Returns TRUE if the COMPANY field is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148762.5.help.text +msgid "Database.Table.Company !=\"Sun\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153016.149.help.text +msgid "Database.Table.Company NEQ \"Sun\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153040.6.help.text +msgid "Returns TRUE if the current entry in the COMPANY field is not \"Sun\". (Exclamation sign represents a logical NOT.)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154605.51.help.text +msgid "Database.Table.Firstname AND Database.Table.Name" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153059.52.help.text +msgid "Returns TRUE if the record contains the first and the last name." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3159247.53.help.text +msgid "Note the difference between the boolean NOT \"!\" and the comparative operator not equal \"!=\" (NEQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153876.54.help.text +msgid "When you refer to a database field in a condition, use the form Databasename.Tablename.Fieldname. If one of the names contains a character that is an operator, such as a minus sign (-), enclose the name in square brackets, for example, Databasename.[Table-name].Fieldname. Never use spaces inside field names." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153891.55.help.text +msgid "Example: Hiding an Empty Database Field" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150051.56.help.text +msgid "You may want to create a condition that hides an empty field, for example, if the COMPANY field is empty for some of the data records." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150067.57.help.text +msgid "Select the <emph>Hidden Paragraph</emph> list entry, and type the following condition: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ \"\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147110.150.help.text +msgid "or type the following" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147123.151.help.text +msgid "NOT Addressbook.Addresses.Company" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147136.152.help.text +msgid "If the COMPANY database field is empty, the condition is true and the paragraph is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150232.58.help.text +msgid "To display hidden paragraphs on the screen, you can choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3145218.59.help.text +msgid "Examples of Conditions in Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145231.60.help.text +msgid "The following examples use the Conditional text field, although they can be applied to any fields that can be linked to a condition. The syntax used for conditions is also used for the Hidden text, Hidden paragraph, Any record or Next record fields." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3150311.61.help.text +msgid "To display conditional text based on the number of pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150333.136.help.text +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147471.62.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click \"Conditional text\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154294.63.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type \"page == 1\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154319.64.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type \"There is only one page\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150640.65.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type \"There are several pages\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153086.137.help.text +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3155814.67.help.text +msgid "To display conditional text based on a user-defined Variable" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155836.138.help.text +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155109.68.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click \"Set Variable\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147008.139.help.text +msgid "In the<emph> Name</emph> box, type \"Profit\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147032.140.help.text +msgid "In the<emph> Value</emph> box, type \"5000\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3152974.141.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3152974.141.help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>." + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3152998.70.help.text +msgid "Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150952.142.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type \"Profit < 5000\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156291.71.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type \"Target is not met\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156317.72.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type \"Target is met\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154366.143.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3154366.143.help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>." + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154389.73.help.text +msgid "To edit the contents of the \"Profit\" variable, double-click the variable field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3155573.74.help.text +msgid "To display conditional text based on the contents of a database field:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155587.144.help.text +msgid "The first part of this example inserts a space between the \"First Name\" and \"Last Name\" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename]." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150523.145.help.text +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Database</emph> tab." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148811.75.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click \"Mail merge fields\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148841.76.help.text +msgid "In the<emph> Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click \"First Name\", and then click<emph> Insert</emph>. Repeat for \"Last Name\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147549.78.help.text +msgid "In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150416.79.help.text +msgid "Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and then click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153589.146.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: \"Addressbook.addresses.firstname\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153615.80.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or </emph>box blank." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153562.84.help.text +msgid "You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the First Name field." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150574.147.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog, click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150605.85.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>box, click \"Conditional text\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151277.86.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == \"Michael\"" +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151303.87.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type \"Dear\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149138.88.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Else</emph> box, type \"Hello\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149163.148.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3149163.148.help.text" +msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." +msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>." + +#: 04120227.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Entries (bibliography)" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3151388.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries (bibliography)\">Entries (bibliography)</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3083449.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for bibliography entries.</variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id31544970.help.text +msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id31544970.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3150017.3.help.text +msgid "The types that are displayed depend on the different literature sources." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3150570.4.help.text +msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id3150570.4.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3147175.5.help.text +msgid "Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=\".\">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3149287.6.help.text +msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id3149287.6.help.text" +msgid "Insert" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3151178.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHINSERT\">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3154096.8.help.text +msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id3154096.8.help.text" +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149807.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHREMOVE\">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3154470.10.help.text +msgid "Sort by" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3154482.11.help.text +msgid "Specify the sorting options for the bibliography entries." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3153665.12.help.text +msgid "Document position" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3151314.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_DOCPOS\">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_DOCPOS\">Oppføringane i litteraturlista blir sorterte etter posisjonen til tilvisingane i dokumentet.</ahelp> Vel dette dersom du vil nummerera referansane automatisk." + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3154576.14.help.text +msgid "Content" +msgstr "Innhald" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149687.15.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTCONTENT\">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3155175.16.help.text +msgid "Sort keys" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3143270.18.help.text +msgid "1, 2 or 3" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149491.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_THIRDKEY\">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_THIRDKEY\">Vel oppføringa som skal brukast til å sortera postane i litteraturlista. Dette valet er berre tilgjengeleg om du vel <emph>Innhald</emph> i området <emph>Sorter etter</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3149826.20.help.text +msgid "AZ" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3147098.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTUP3\">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTUP3\">Sorterer kjeldepostane stigande.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3148981.22.help.text +msgid "ZA" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149041.23.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTDOWN3\">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTDOWN3\">Sorterer kjeldepostane synkande.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120300.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120300.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Insert Bibliography Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3151187.1.help.text +msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3151187.1.help.text" +msgid "Insert Bibliography Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3154642.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"literaturvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry\">Inserts a bibliography reference.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"literaturvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry\">Set inn ei litteraturtilvising.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3145416.3.help.text +msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3145416.3.help.text" +msgid "Entry" +msgstr "Stikkord" + +#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3157721.15.help.text +msgid "From bibliography database" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3154096.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_COMP_RB\">Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_COMP_RB\">Set inn ei tilvising frå litteraturdatabasen.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3149805.17.help.text +msgid "From document content" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3153536.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_DOC_RB\">Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.</ahelp> An entry that is stored in the document has priority over an entry that is stored in the bibliography database." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_DOC_RB\">Set inn ei tilvising frå litteraturtilvisingane som er lagra i dokumentet.</ahelp> Oppføringar som er lagra i dokumentet vert prioriterte før oppføringar som ligg i litteraturdatabasen." + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3154200.19.help.text +msgid "When you save a document that contains bibliography entries, the corresponding records are automatically saved in a hidden field in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3143273.5.help.text +msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3143273.5.help.text" +msgid "Short name" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149490.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_ID_LISTBOX\">Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_ID_LISTBOX\">Vel kortnamnet på litteraturtilvisinga du vil setja inn.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3151260.7.help.text +msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3151260.7.help.text" +msgid "Author, Title" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149824.8.help.text +msgid "If available, the author and the full title of the selected short name are displayed in this area." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3149105.9.help.text +msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3149105.9.help.text" +msgid "Insert" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3147100.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_OK\">Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3147216.11.help.text +msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3147216.11.help.text" +msgid "Close" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149036.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CLOSE\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CLOSE\">Lukk dialogvindauget.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3153634.13.help.text +msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3153634.13.help.text" +msgid "New" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3147579.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CREATE_ENTRY\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CREATE_ENTRY\">Opnar dialogvindauget for å <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">oppretta litteraturtilvisingar</link>. Denne posten blir berre lagra i dokumentet. Vel <emph>Verktøy → Biblografidatabase</emph> for å leggja til ei ny tilvising.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3155142.20.help.text +msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3155142.20.help.text" +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3157900.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_EDIT_ENTRY\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_EDIT_ENTRY\">Opnar dialogvindauget for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">endring av den valde litteraturtilvisinga</link>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149172.22.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120216.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120216.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Index" +msgstr "Register" + +#: 04120216.xhp#hd_id3145247.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120216.xhp#par_id3147175.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120216.xhp#hd_id3151174.3.help.text +msgid "Create from the following objects" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120216.xhp#par_id3153417.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OLE_CHECKLB\">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OLE_CHECKLB\">Vel kva objekttypar du vil ha med i innhaldslista over objekt.</ahelp>" + +#: 05110100.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05110100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Row Height" +msgstr "" + +#: 05110100.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text +msgctxt "05110100.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text" +msgid "Row Height" +msgstr "" + +#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3149053.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\">Changes the height of the selected row(s).</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\">Endra høgda på dei valde radene.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05110100.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text +msgctxt "05110100.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text" +msgid "Height" +msgstr "" + +#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3154554.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:ED_HEIGHT\">Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:ED_HEIGHT\">Skriv inn kva høgd du vil ha på dei valde radene.</ahelp>" + +#: 05110100.xhp#hd_id3149878.5.help.text +msgid "Fit to size" +msgstr "" + +#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3145244.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Juster radhøgda automatisk til storleiken på teksten inni.</ahelp>" + +#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3154646.7.help.text +msgid "You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Row - Optimal Height\"><emph>Row - Optimal Height</emph></link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120212.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Index" +msgstr "Register" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3147338.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3155962.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3153247.3.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3153247.3.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3154651.5.help.text +msgid "Combine identical entries" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3153810.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_COLLECTSAME\">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 43\" are combined as \"View 10, 43\".</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3147403.7.help.text +msgid "Combine identical entries with p or pp" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3083451.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USEFF\">Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a \"p\" or \"pp\". For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10pp\", and \"View 10, View 11\" as \"View 10p\".</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3157870.9.help.text +msgid "Combine with -" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3145825.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USE_DASH\">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10-12\".</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3154502.11.help.text +msgid "Case sensitive" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3149880.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE\">Skil mellom små og store bokstavar i elles like registeroppføringar.</ahelp> Dersom du vil at den første førekomsten av teksten i dokumentet skal avgjera liten eller stor bokstav, vel du <emph>Slå saman like oppføringar</emph>." + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_idN10671.help.text +msgid "To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3150569.13.help.text +msgid "AutoCapitalize entries" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3148772.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS\">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS\">Set automatisk stor forbokstav på ei registeroppføring.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3155986.15.help.text +msgid "Keys as separate entries" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3147170.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_KEYASENTRY\">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_KEYASENTRY\">Set inn registernøklar som eigne registeroppføringar.</ahelp> Ein nøkkel vert sett inn på toppnivå i registeret, og oppføringane som er tilordna nøkkelen vert sette inn som innrykka underoppføringar." + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3151184.17.help.text +msgid "To define an index key, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert Index Entry\"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3154646.18.help.text +msgid "Concordance file" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3156322.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_FROMFILE\">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3150258.24.help.text +msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3150258.24.help.text" +msgid "File" +msgstr "Fil" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3149287.25.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MENUBUTTON_TP_TOX_SELECT_MB_AUTOMARK\">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MENUBUTTON_TP_TOX_SELECT_MB_AUTOMARK\">Vel, opprett eller rediger ei ordindeksfil.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3152950.32.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3152950.32.help.text" +msgid "Sort" +msgstr "Sorter" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3149812.33.help.text +msgid "Sets the options for sorting the index entries." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3150347.34.help.text +msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3150347.34.help.text" +msgid "Language" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3154475.35.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_LANGUAGE\">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_LANGUAGE\">Vel kva språkreglar som skal brukast for å sortera registeroppføringar.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3153675.36.help.text +msgid "Key type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3147530.37.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_SORTALG\">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_SORTALG\">Vel numerisk om du vil sortera tal etter verdi, som til dømes 1, 2, 12. Vel alfanumerisk om du vil sortera tala etter teiknkode, som til dømes 1, 12, 2.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_matfie.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "mm_matfie.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Match Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text +msgctxt "mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text" +msgid "Match Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text +msgid "Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">address blocks</link> or <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">salutations</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text +msgid "Matches to:" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field name in your database for each logical field element.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel eit feltnamn i databasen for kvart logiske feltelement.</ahelp>" + +#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text +msgctxt "mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text" +msgid "Preview" +msgstr "" + +#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Førehandsvis verdiane i den første dataposten.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120211.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04120211.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Index" +msgstr "Register" + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3150018.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3150570.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Contents </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3150763.3.help.text +msgid "Type and Title" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3149286.4.help.text +msgid "Specify the type and title of the index." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3151171.5.help.text +msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3151171.5.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3145418.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_TYPE\">Select the type of index that you want to insert.</ahelp> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, you can then edit that index." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_TYPE\">Vel kva slags type register du vil setja inn.</ahelp> Alternativa på denne fana kjem an på kva registertype du vel. Dersom skrivemerket står i eit register når du vel <emph>Set inn → Register og innhaldslister → Register og innhaldslister</emph>, kan du redigera det registeret." + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149801.7.help.text +msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3149801.7.help.text" +msgid "Title" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3153532.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_TOX_SELECT:ED_TITLE\">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_TOX_SELECT:ED_TITLE\">Vel ein tittel for registeret.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3151317.9.help.text +msgid "Protected against manual changes" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3153665.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY\">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enabled </emph>check box." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY\">Kryss av her for å hindra at innhaldet i registeret blir endra.</ahelp> Dersom du gjer endringar sjølv i eit register, forsvinn dei når registeret vert oppfriska. Dersom du vil at skrivemerket skal gå gjennom eit verna område, kan du velja <emph>Verktøy → Innstillingar → %PRODUCTNAME Writer → Formateringshjelp</emph> og så slå på <emph>Skrivemerke i verna område</emph>." + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3155893.11.help.text +msgid "Create index for" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3149688.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_AREA\">Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_AREA\">Vel om du vil laga eit register for heile dokumentet eller berre for dette kapitlet.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3154199.13.help.text +msgid "Evaluation level" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3143270.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TOX_SELECT:NF_LEVEL\">Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TOX_SELECT:NF_LEVEL\">Skriv inn kor mange overskriftnivå som skal vera med i registeret.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149484.15.help.text +msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3149484.15.help.text" +msgid "Create from" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3149096.16.help.text +msgid "Use this area to specify which information to include in an index." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149815.17.help.text +msgid "Outline" +msgstr "Disposisjon" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3151253.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMHEADINGS\">Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMHEADINGS\">Lag eit register ut frå disposisjonsnivåa. Det vil seia at avsnitt formaterte med ein av dei førehandsinnstilte overskriftsstilane (Overskrift 1-10) blir lagt til registeret.</ahelp>" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id1209200804373840.help.text +msgid "You can also assign the outline levels in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\">Outline & Numbering</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3153633.21.help.text +msgid "Additional Styles" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3152772.22.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_ADDSTYLES\">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149168.23.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3149168.23.help.text" +msgid "..." +msgstr "…" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3145776.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:PB_ADDSTYLES\">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3151374.25.help.text +msgid "Index marks" +msgstr "" + +#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3155861.26.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_TOXMARKS\">Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> in the index.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_TOXMARKS\">Ta med registeroppføringane du sette inn ved å velja <emph>Set inn Register og innhaldslister → Oppføring</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 05120100.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05120100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Column Width" +msgstr "Kolonnebreidd" + +#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3150345.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3150345.1.help.text" +msgid "Column Width" +msgstr "Kolonnebreidd" + +#: 05120100.xhp#par_id3149503.2.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetColumnWidth\">Changes the width of the selected column(s).</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\">Endra høgda på dei valde radene.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3083452.3.help.text +msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3083452.3.help.text" +msgid "Width" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3146323.4.help.text +msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3146323.4.help.text" +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120100.xhp#par_id3145822.5.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_COL\">Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3154502.6.help.text +msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3154502.6.help.text" +msgid "Width" +msgstr "" + +#: 05120100.xhp#par_id3149880.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_WIDTH\">Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_WIDTH\">Vel kor breitt det valde objektet skal vera.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060300.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "Bilete" + +#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3154473.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Graphics\">Picture</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3152961.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GRF_EXT\">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected graphic.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GRF_EXT\">Gjer innstillingar for spegling og lenkjer til det valde biletet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3154191.3.help.text +msgid "Flip" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3155174.7.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Vertically" +msgstr "Loddrett" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3149485.8.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_VERT\">Flips the selected graphic vertically.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_VERT\">Spegla biletet loddrett.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3154829.5.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Horizontally" +msgstr "Vassrett" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3151261.6.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_HOR\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_HOR\">Spegla biletet vassrett.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3147101.15.help.text +msgid "On all pages" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3147212.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_ALL_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally on all pages.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_ALL_PAGES\">Speglar biletet vassrett på alle sider.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3153632.17.help.text +msgid "On left pages" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3149037.18.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_LEFT_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_LEFT_PAGES\">Speglar biletet vassrett berre på partalssider.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3147580.19.help.text +msgid "On right pages" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3152775.20.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_RIGHT_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_RIGHT_PAGES\">Speglar biletet vassrett berre på oddetalssider.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3153349.9.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060300.xhp#hd_id3153349.9.help.text" +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Linje" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3149164.10.help.text +msgid "Inserts the graphic as a link." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3149178.11.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060300.xhp#hd_id3149178.11.help.text" +msgid "File name" +msgstr "Filnamn" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3156278.12.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_GRF_EXT:ED_CONNECT\">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) and then locate the file that you want to link to. </ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_GRF_EXT:ED_CONNECT\">Viser stigen til biletefila lenkja peikar på. For å endra lenkja, trykk på finn-knappen (<emph>…</emph>), og finn fila du vil at lenkja skal peika til.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3145776.13.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060300.xhp#hd_id3145776.13.help.text" +msgid "..." +msgstr "…" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3151373.14.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_GRF_EXT:PB_BROWSE\">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_GRF_EXT:PB_BROWSE\">Finn den nye biletefila du vil lage ei lenkje til og trykk <emph>Opna</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3155855.21.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05240000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Flip\">Format - Flip</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3158743.22.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Links\">Edit - Links</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05040501.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05040501.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 05040501.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05040501.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3148569.2.help.text +msgid "Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for the section." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3151390.4.help.text +msgid "Sections follow the text flow behavior of the page they are inserted into." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3083448.5.help.text +msgid "For example, if you insert a section that uses a two-column layout into a page style that uses a four-column layout, the two-column layout is nested inside one of the four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3155625.6.help.text +msgid "You can also nest sections, that is, you can insert a section into another section." +msgstr "" + +#: 06200000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "06200000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: 06200000.xhp#hd_id3083281.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 06200000.xhp#par_id3154656.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateFields\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateFields\" visibility=\"visible\">Oppdater innhaldet i alle felt i dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Prepare Merge" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Edit Document</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text +msgid "Browse through the document previews, exclude single recipients, and edit the main document." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text +msgid "Recipient" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel adressepostnummeret til ein mottakar for å sjå korleis brevflettingsdokumentet til den mottakaren vil sjå ut.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10604.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Bla gjennom adressepostane med bla-knappane.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text +msgid "Exclude this recipient" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Ta ikkje med denne mottakaren i brevflettinga.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text +msgid "Edit Document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the main mail merge document for all recipients.</ahelp> To return to the wizard, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimerer vegvisaren slik at du kan redigera brevflettingsdokumentet til alle mottakarane.</ahelp> Trykk på <emph>Gå tilbake til brevflettingsvegvisaren</emph> når du vil gå tilbake til vegvisaren." + +#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04030000.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Footnote/Endnote" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3145241.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote\">Footnote/Endnote</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3147167.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"fussnoteein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFootnote\">Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.</ahelp> You can choose between automatic numbering or a custom symbol. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3154645.23.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"endnoten\">The following applies to both footnotes and endnotes. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3151175.24.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"endnotetext\">Footnotes are inserted at the end of a page, and endnotes are inserted at the end of a document. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3154106.7.help.text +msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3154106.7.help.text" +msgid "Numbering" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3149812.16.help.text +msgid "Select the type of numbering that you want to use for footnotes and endnotes." +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3154470.8.help.text +msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3154470.8.help.text" +msgid "Automatic" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3153670.17.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitenautomatisch\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_NUMBER_AUTO\">Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.</ahelp> To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph></link>. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3152952.9.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3152952.9.help.text" +msgid "Character" +msgstr "Teikn" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3155901.18.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitenzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:ED_NUMBER_CHAR\">Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.</ahelp> This can be either a letter or number. To assign a special character, click the button at the bottom. </variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3155185.10.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3155185.10.help.text" +msgid "..." +msgstr "…" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3153526.19.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitensonderzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NUMBER_CHAR\">Inserts a <link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"special character \">special character </link> as a footnote or endnote anchor.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"bearbeitensonderzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NUMBER_CHAR\">Set inn eit <link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"special character \">spesialteikn</link> som fotnote eller sluttnotemerke.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3149493.11.help.text +msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3149493.11.help.text" +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3151256.20.help.text +msgid "Select whether to insert a footnote or an endnote. Endnote numbering is separate from the footnote numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3149104.12.help.text +msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3149104.12.help.text" +msgid "Footnote" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3148981.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_FTN\">Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_FTN\">Set inn eit fotnotemerke ved skrivemerket og legg til ein fotnote nedst på sida.</ahelp>" + +#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3153644.13.help.text +msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3153644.13.help.text" +msgid "Endnote" +msgstr "" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3152770.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_ENDNOTE\">Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_ENDNOTE\">Set inn eit sluttnotemerke ved skrivemerket og legg til ein fotnote nedst på sida.</ahelp>" + +#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3155135.25.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with footnotes\">Tips for working with footnotes</link>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04020100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Section" +msgstr "Utval" + +#: 04020100.xhp#bm_id5941038.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting sections by DDE</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; command for inserting sections</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>bolkar;setja inn bolkar med hjelp av DDE</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; kommando for å setja inn bolkar</bookmark_value>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3157557.37.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Section\">Section</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3154644.38.help.text +msgid "Sets the properties of the section." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3151170.6.help.text +msgid "New Section" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3145420.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:ED_RNAME\">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name \"Section X\" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3154102.8.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3154102.8.help.text" +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Linje" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3149806.20.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3149806.20.help.text" +msgid "Link" +msgstr "Linje" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3154472.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:CB_FILE\">Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:CB_FILE\">Set inn innhaldet til eit anna dokument eller eit avsnitt frå eit anna dokument i bolken du arbeider med.</ahelp>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3153672.26.help.text +msgid "DDE" +msgstr "DDE" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3151310.27.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DDE\">Creates a <emph>DDE </emph>link. Select this check box, and then enter the <emph>DDE </emph>command that you want to use. The <emph>DDE</emph> option is only available if the <emph>Link</emph> check box is selected.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DDE\">Opprett ei <emph>DDE</emph>-kopling. Kryss av i denne boksen og velg deretter <emph>DDE</emph>-kommandoen du vil bruka. <emph>DDE</emph>-valet er berre tilgjengeleg dersom avkryssingsboksen for <emph>kopling</emph> er vald.</ahelp>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3143280.34.help.text +msgid "The general syntax for a DDE command is: \"<Server> <Topic> <Item>\", where server is the DDE name for the application that contains the data. Topic refers to the location of the Item (usually the file name), and Item represents the actual object." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3149098.35.help.text +msgid "For example, to insert a section named \"Section1\" from a $[officename] text document abc.sxw as a DDE link, use the command: \"soffice x:\\abc.sxw Section1\". To insert the contents of the first cell from a MS Excel spreadsheet file called \"abc.xls\", use the command: \"excel x:\\[abc.xls]Sheet1 z1s1\". You can also copy the elements that you want to insert as a DDE link, and then <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. You can then view the DDE command for the link, by selecting the contents and choosing <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3153640.28.help.text +msgid "File name<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\"> / DDE command </caseinline></switchinline>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3145754.29.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_FILE\">Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) to locate the file.</ahelp><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">If the <emph>DDE </emph>check box is selected, enter the DDE command that you want to use. </caseinline></switchinline>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_FILE\">Skriv inn stigen og filnamnet til fila du vil setja inn, eller trykk på bla gjennom (<emph>…</emph>) for å finna fila.</ahelp><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Dersom <emph>DDE</emph> er valt, skriv du inn DDE-kommandoen du vil bruka.</caseinline></switchinline>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3155136.39.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3155136.39.help.text" +msgid "..." +msgstr "…" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3156274.40.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:PB_FILE\">Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:PB_FILE\">Finn fila som du vil setja inn som ei lenkje. Trykk deretter på <emph>Set inn</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3149180.23.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3149180.23.help.text" +msgid "Section" +msgstr "Utval" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3155910.24.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:LB_SUBREG\">Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:LB_SUBREG\">Vel den bolken i fila du vil setja inn som ei lenkje.</ahelp>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3151373.25.help.text +msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, you are prompted to update the links." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3150687.43.help.text +msgid "Write Protection" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3150700.10.help.text +msgid "Protected" +msgstr "Verna" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3150110.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_PROTECT\">Prevents the selected section from being edited.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_PROTECT\">Vern den valde bolken frå endringar.</ahelp>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3145261.44.help.text +msgid "With password" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3149555.45.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_INSERT_SECTION_CB_PASSWD\">Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_INSERT_SECTION_CB_PASSWD\">Vern den valde bolken med passord. Passordet må ha minst 5 teikn.</ahelp>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3150549.46.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3150549.46.help.text" +msgid "..." +msgstr "…" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3147742.47.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_INSERT_SECTION_PB_PASSWD\">Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_INSERT_SECTION_PB_PASSWD\">Opna eit dialogvindauge der du kan endra passord.</ahelp>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3146333.48.help.text +msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3146333.48.help.text" +msgid "Hide" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3149830.12.help.text +msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3149830.12.help.text" +msgid "Hide" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3148849.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_HIDE\">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear gray in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip \"hidden\" is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3155074.50.help.text +msgid "You cannot hide a section if it is the only content on a page, or in a header, footer, footnote, frame, or table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3154323.16.help.text +msgid "With condition" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3154343.17.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_CONDITION\">Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.</ahelp> A condition is a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"logical expression\">logical expression</link>, such as \"SALUTATION EQ Mr.\". For example, if you use the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"mail merge\">mail merge</link> form letter feature to define a database field called \"Salutation\" that contains \"Mr.\", \"Ms.\", or \"Sir or Madam\", you can then specify that a section will only be printed if the salutation is \"Mr.\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3150086.18.help.text +msgid "Another example would be to create the field variable \"x\" and set its value to 1. Then specify a condition based on this variable for hiding a section, such as: \"x eq 1\". If you want to display the section, set the value of the variable \"x\" to \"0\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108DF.help.text +msgctxt "04020100.xhp#par_idN108DF.help.text" +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108E3.help.text +msgid "You see this area of the dialog when the current document is an XForms document." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108E6.help.text +msgid "Editable in read-only document" +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108EA.help.text +msgid "Select to allow editing of the section's contents even if the document is opened in read-only mode." +msgstr "" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3150032.19.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04020100.xhp#par_id3150032.19.help.text" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Field commands\">Field commands</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>" + +#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3158420.51.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Syntax for conditions\">Syntax for conditions</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize Document</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text +msgid "Edit documents for each recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text +msgid "The Mail Merge Wizard creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient. When you reach this page of the wizard, the names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document." +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text +msgid "Edit individual document" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.</ahelp> After you made your changes, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimerer vegvisaren slik at du kan redigera brevflettingsdokumentet til éin enkelt mottakar.</ahelp> Trykk på <emph>Gå tilbake til brevflettingsvegvisaren</emph> når du vil gå tilbake til vegvisaren." + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN105FA.help.text +msgid "Search for" +msgstr "Søk etter" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN105FE.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the text that you want to search for in the merged document, for example, the name of a recipient.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skriv den teksten du vil søkja etter i det fletta dokumentet, til dømes namnet på ein mottakar.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text" +msgid "Find" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click to start the search.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Trykk for å starta søket.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text" +msgid "Whole words only" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Searches for whole words only and not parts of larger words.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Søk berre etter heile ord og ikkje deler av større ord.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Backwards" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Baklengs\n" +"#-#-#-#-# 01.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Bakover" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10576.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Searches from the current cursor position to the top of the document.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Søk frå skrivemerket til toppen av dokumentet.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text +msgctxt "mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text" +msgid "Match case" +msgstr "" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters in the search.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Skil mellom store og små bokstavar i søket.</ahelp>" + +#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Save print send\">Mail Merge Wizard - Save, print or send</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "04180400.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Exchange Database" +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#bm_id3145799.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>databases; exchanging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>address books; exchanging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exchanging databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;databases</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "<bookmark_value>databasar; utveksla</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adressebøker; utveksla</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>utveksla databasar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>byta ut;databasar</bookmark_value>" + +#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3145799.1.help.text +msgctxt "04180400.xhp#hd_id3145799.1.help.text" +msgid "Exchange Database" +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3156384.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"datenbankaustext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChangeDatabaseField\">Change the data sources for the current document.</ahelp> To correctly display the contents of inserted fields, the replacement database must contain identical field names. </variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"datenbankaustext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChangeDatabaseField\">Byt datakjelde for dokumentet.</ahelp> Den nye databasen må ha dei same feltnamna for at felta i dokumentet skal kunna visast.</variable>" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3153818.8.help.text +msgid "For example, if you inserting address fields in a form letter from an address database, you can then exchange the database with another address database to insert different addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3149130.3.help.text +msgid "Exchanging Databases" +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3154651.4.help.text +msgid "You can only change one database at a time in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3146965.5.help.text +msgid "Databases in Use" +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3149053.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Lists the databases that are currently in use.</ahelp> The current document contains at least one data field from each of the databases in the list." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Viser databasane som er i bruk.</ahelp> Dokumentet inneheld minst eitt datafelt frå kvar av databasane i lista." + +#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3147300.6.help.text +msgid "Available Databases" +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3150533.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Viser databasane som er registrerte i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text +msgctxt "04180400.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text" +msgid "Browse" +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_idN106DF.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"1419596301\">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"1419596301\">Opnar eit dialogvindauge der du kan velja ei databasefil (*.odb). Den valde fila vert lagd til i lista over tilgjengelege databasar.</ahelp>" + +#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3149349.7.help.text +msgid "Define" +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3145827.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Byter ut den noverande datakjelda med den du har valt i lista over <emph>tilgjengelege databasar</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3154506.12.help.text +msgid "To exchange a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3149881.13.help.text +msgid "Ensure that both databases contain matching field names and field types." +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3148386.14.help.text +msgid "Click in the document that you want to change the data source for." +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3150564.15.help.text +msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Exchange Database</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3153925.16.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Databases in Use</emph> list, select the database table that you want to replace." +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3147169.17.help.text +msgid "In the <emph>Available Databases</emph> list, select the replacement database table." +msgstr "" + +#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3151273.18.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Click <emph>Define</emph>." +msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>." + +#: 05100000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Cell" +msgstr "Celle" + +#: 05100000.xhp#hd_id3150765.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp\" name=\"Cell\">Cell</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Førehandsvis sida</link>" + +#: 05100000.xhp#par_id3147567.2.help.text +msgid "This command is only available if you have selected a table in your document, or if the cursor is in a table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Contour Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3153539.1.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3153539.1.help.text" +msgid "Contour Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153677.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\">Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"text wrap\">text wrap</link> options for the object.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\">Endrar omrisset til det valde objektet. $[officename] brukar omrisset til å styra <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"text wrap\">tekstbrytinga</link> rundt objektet.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3155892.46.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_GRAPHWND\">Displays a preview of the contour.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_GRAPHWND\">Førehandsviser omrisset.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3159195.3.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3159195.3.help.text" +msgid "Apply" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3155184.4.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_APPLY\">Applies the contour to the selected object.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_APPLY\">Legg til omriss på det valde objektet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149827.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3148971.5.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3148971.5.help.text" +msgid "Apply" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3147091.6.help.text +msgid "Wrap Region" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3147217.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_WORKPLACE\">Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_WORKPLACE\">Fjern det eigendefinerte omrisset. Trykk her og deretter i førehandvisingsområdet.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3147579.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153351.8.help.text +msgid "Work area" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3149170.9.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3149170.9.help.text" +msgid "Select" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3156270.10.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_SELECT\">Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_SELECT\">Endrar til utvalsmodus slik at du kan velja omrisset.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3151370.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"cmd/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"cmd/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150121.11.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3150121.11.help.text" +msgid "Select" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3155868.12.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3155868.12.help.text" +msgid "Rectangle" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150696.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_RECT\">Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_RECT\">Teiknar eit rektangulært omriss der du dreg med musepeikaren iførehandsvisinga av objektet. For å teikna eit kvadrat, må du halda nede «Shift» medan du dreg.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149559.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149565\" src=\"cmd/sc_rect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149565\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149565\" src=\"cmd/sc_rect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149565\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145137.14.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3145137.14.help.text" +msgid "Rectangle" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3155980.15.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3155980.15.help.text" +msgid "Ellipse" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150558.16.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_CIRCLE\">Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.</ahelp> To draw a circle, hold down shift while you drag." +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_CIRCLE\">Teiknar eit ovalt omriss der du dreg med musepeikaren i førehandsvisinga til objektet.</ahelp> Hald nede «Shift» dersom du vil teikna ein sirkel." + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3146332.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3146338\" src=\"cmd/sc_ellipse.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146338\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3146338\" src=\"cmd/sc_ellipse.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146338\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3148857.17.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3148857.17.help.text" +msgid "Ellipse" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3148443.18.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3148443.18.help.text" +msgid "Polygon" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154774.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLY\">Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLY\">Teiknar eit lukka omriss sett saman av rette linjer. Klikk med musepeikaren der du vil starta mangekanten. Dra for å teikne ein side. Klikk endå ein gong for å velja kvar sida skal slutta. Gjer dette fleire gonger for å teikna fleire sider. Dobbeltklikk for å fullføra mangekanten. Hald nede «Shift» medan du klikkar for å berre teikna sider som avgrensar seg til 45 graders vinklar.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145304.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3145311\" src=\"cmd/sc_polygon.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145311\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3145311\" src=\"cmd/sc_polygon.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145311\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150164.20.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3150164.20.help.text" +msgid "Polygon" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3156096.21.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3156096.21.help.text" +msgid "Edit Points" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3156112.22.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYEDIT\">Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYEDIT\">Lèt deg endra forma på omrisset. Trykk her og dra i handtaka til omrisset.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154711.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154717\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154717\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145632.23.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3145632.23.help.text" +msgid "Edit Points" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3150909.24.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3150909.24.help.text" +msgid "Move Points" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150925.25.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYMOVE\">Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYMOVE\">Lèt deg dra i handtaka til omrisset for å endra forma på det.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3146940.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3146947\" src=\"cmd/sc_beziermove.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146947\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3146947\" src=\"cmd/sc_beziermove.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146947\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154330.26.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3154330.26.help.text" +msgid "Move Points" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3150086.27.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3150086.27.help.text" +msgid "Insert Points" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150103.28.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYINSERT\">Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYINSERT\">Set inn eit handtak som du kan dra i for å endra forma på omrisset. Trykk her og deretter på omrisslinja.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149357.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149363\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149363\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149363\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierinsert.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149363\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153120.29.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3153120.29.help.text" +msgid "Insert Points" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3153136.30.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3153136.30.help.text" +msgid "Delete Points" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154624.31.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYDELETE\">Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYDELETE\">Fjernar eit punkt frå omrisslinja. Trykk først her og så på punktet du vil fjerna.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149637.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149643\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149643\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149643\" src=\"cmd/sc_bezierdelete.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149643\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154028.32.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3154028.32.help.text" +msgid "Delete Points" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3149949.33.help.text +msgid "Auto Contour" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149966.34.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_AUTOCONTOUR\">Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_AUTOCONTOUR\">Teiknar automatisk eit omriss rundt objektet du kan redigera.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149615.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145655.35.help.text +msgid "AutoContour" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3148705.36.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3148705.36.help.text" +msgid "Undo" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3148722.37.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_UNDO\">Reverses the last action.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_UNDO\">Gjer om førre handling.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149200.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149206\" src=\"svx/res/cd020.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149206\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149206\" src=\"svx/res/cd020.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149206\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3157890.38.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3157890.38.help.text" +msgid "Undo" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3157907.39.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3157907.39.help.text" +msgid "Redo" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154219.40.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_REDO\">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_REDO\">Gjer om handlinga du <emph>angra</emph> sist.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154058.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154073\" src=\"cmd/sc_redo.png\" width=\"0.2228inch\" height=\"0.2228inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154073\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149565\" src=\"cmd/sc_rect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149565\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153195.41.help.text +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3153195.41.help.text" +msgid "Redo" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3153212.42.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3153212.42.help.text" +msgid "Color Replacer" +msgstr "Fargelinje" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145098.43.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE\">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE\">Vel dei delane av biletet som har same farge. Trykk her og så på ein farge i biletet. Vel ein større verdi i feltet <emph>Toleranse</emph> for å ta med eit større fargespenn.</ahelp>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149578.help.text +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149585\" src=\"sd/res/pipette.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149585\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149585\" src=\"sd/res/pipette.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149585\">Ikon</alt></image>" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149381.44.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3149381.44.help.text" +msgid "Color Replacer" +msgstr "Fargelinje" + +#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3149398.45.help.text +msgid "Tolerance" +msgstr "" + +#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154735.47.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:METRICFIELD:RID_SVXDLG_CONTOUR:MTF_TOLERANCE\">Vel fargetoleransen for fargeplukkaren i prosent. Skriv inn ein høg prosentverdi for å ta med fargar frå eit større fargeområde.</ahelp>" + +#: 06110000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Calculate" +msgstr "" + +#: 06110000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp\" name=\"Calculate\">Calculate</link>" +msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Førehandsvis sida</link>" + +#: 06110000.xhp#par_id3150021.2.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\">Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\">Reknar ut formelen og kopierer resultatet til utklippstavla.</ahelp>" + +#: 06090000.xhp#tit.help.text +msgid "Convert Text to Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#bm_id3147402.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>converting; text, into tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; converting to tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; converting to text</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp\" name=\"Convert Text to Table\">Convert Text to Table</link>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3145829.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"texttab\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ConvertTableText\">Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3150015.15.help.text +msgid "The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3145247.3.help.text +msgid "Separate text at" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3148388.4.help.text +msgid "A separator, such as a tab, marks the column boundaries in the selected text. Each paragraph in the selection is converted into a row in the table. Similarly, when you convert a table into text, the column markers are changed to the character that you specify, and each row is converted into a separate paragraph." +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3150936.6.help.text +msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3150936.6.help.text" +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3149027.7.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_TAB\">Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3147171.10.help.text +msgid "Semicolons" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3147565.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_SEMI\">Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3151273.12.help.text +msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3151273.12.help.text" +msgid "Paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3154645.13.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_PARA\">Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3151184.16.help.text +msgid "Other:" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3150256.17.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:RB_OTHER\">Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3149295.20.help.text +msgid "Text box" +msgstr "Tekstfelt" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3151175.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:ED_OTHER\">Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3147508.18.help.text +msgid "Equal width for all columns" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3154278.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_KEEPCOLUMN\">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3150703.14.help.text +msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3150703.14.help.text" +msgid "AutoFormat" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id31542781.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3154097.22.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3154097.22.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3149802.23.help.text +msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3149802.23.help.text" +msgid "Heading" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3153535.28.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3150359.24.help.text +msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3150359.24.help.text" +msgid "Repeat heading" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3150973.29.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id5971251.help.text +msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id5971251.help.text" +msgid "The first ... rows" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id4136478.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Repeats the first n rows as a header.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3151315.25.help.text +msgid "Don't split table" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3147530.30.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">Does not divide the table across pages.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3154472.26.help.text +msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3154472.26.help.text" +msgid "Border" +msgstr "" + +#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3154570.31.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">Adds a border to the table and the table cells.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">Lag ei kantlinje rundt tabellcellene.</ahelp>" + +#: 04060100.xhp#tit.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04060100.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3149287.1.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "04060100.xhp#hd_id3149287.1.help.text" +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" +"#-#-#-#-# 02.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Alternativ\n" +"#-#-#-#-# database.po (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#\n" +"Innstilling" + +#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3151177.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"optionentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_CAPTION:BTN_OPTION\">Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"outline level\">outline level</link> to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"optionentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_CAPTION:BTN_OPTION\">Legg til kapittelnummer i biletteksten. For å gjera dette må du først gi avsnittsstilen eit <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"outline level\">disposisjonsnivå</link>, så kan du bruka stilen til kapitteloverskrifter i dokumentet.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3149805.3.help.text +msgid "Numbering by chapter" +msgstr "" + +#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3153532.4.help.text +msgid "When you add chapter numbers to caption labels, the caption numbering is reset when a chapter heading is encountered. For example, if the last figure in chapter 1 is \"Figure 1.12\", the first figure in the next chapter would be \"Figure 2.1\"." +msgstr "" + +#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3154574.5.help.text +msgctxt "04060100.xhp#hd_id3154574.5.help.text" +msgid "Level" +msgstr "Innrykksnivå" + +#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3152954.6.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:LB_LEVEL\">Select the number of outline levels from the top of the chapter hierarchy down to include in the caption label.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:LB_LEVEL\">Avgjer kor mange disposisjonsnivå du vil ha med i biletteksten (rekna frå toppen av kapittelhierarkiet).</ahelp>" + +#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3151316.7.help.text +msgctxt "04060100.xhp#hd_id3151316.7.help.text" +msgid "Separator" +msgstr "" + +#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3155892.8.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:ED_SEPARATOR\">Enter the character that you want to insert between the chapter number and the caption number.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:ED_SEPARATOR\">Skriv inn teiknet du vil setja inn mellom kapittelnummeret og bilettekstnummeret.</ahelp>" + +#: 04060100.xhp#par_idN10633.help.text +msgid "Category and frame format" +msgstr "Kategori- og rammeformat" + +#: 04060100.xhp#par_idN10639.help.text +msgid "Character style" +msgstr "Teiknstil" + +#: 04060100.xhp#par_idN1063F.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Specifies the character style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">Vel teiknstil.</ahelp>" + +#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3143280.43.help.text +msgid "Apply border and shadow" +msgstr "Legg til kantlinje og skugge" + +#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3149826.44.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CAPTION:CB_COPY_ATTR\">Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CAPTION:CB_COPY_ATTR\">Legg til kantlinja og skuggen av objektet i bilettekstramma.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#tit.help.text +msgctxt "05150101.xhp#tit.help.text" +msgid "AutoFormat for Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#bm_id2655415.help.text +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;AutoFormat function</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;table styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoFormat function for tables</bookmark_value>" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3148485.1.help.text +msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3148485.1.help.text" +msgid "AutoFormat for Tables" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149500.2.help.text +msgid "<variable id=\"autoformattabelle\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFMT_TABLE\">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.</ahelp></variable>" +msgstr "<variable id=\"autoformattabelle\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFMT_TABLE\">Formater denne tabellen med passande skrifter, skuggelegging og rammer.</ahelp></variable>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3151388.3.help.text +msgid "Applying an AutoFormat to a Table" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3145828.4.help.text +msgid "Click in a table cell, or select the cells that you want to format." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3153006.5.help.text +msgid "Choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>, and then click the format that you to want to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3145585.30.help.text +msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>." + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3148386.8.help.text +msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3148386.8.help.text" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149022.9.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:LB_FORMAT\">Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:LB_FORMAT\">Vis dei tilgjengelege formateringsstilane for tabellar. Trykk på formatet du vil bruka og trykk <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3153722.10.help.text +msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3153722.10.help.text" +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3151185.11.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ADD\">Adds a new table style to the list.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ADD\">Legg til ein ny tabellstil i lista.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3154646.12.help.text +msgid "Format a table in your document." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3156320.13.help.text +msgid "Select the table, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3153156.14.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgid "Click <emph>Add</emph>." +msgstr "Trykk <emph>OK</emph>." + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3151168.15.help.text +msgid "In the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"Add AutoFormat\"><emph>Add AutoFormat</emph></link> dialog, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3147516.16.help.text +msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3147516.16.help.text" +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Fjern" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3150707.17.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_REMOVE\">Deletes the selected table style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_REMOVE\">Slett den valde tabellstilen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3152946.18.help.text +#, fuzzy +msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3152946.18.help.text" +msgid "More" +msgstr "Modus" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149802.19.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MOREBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_MORE\">Displays more formatting options for tables. Click again to hide the options.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MOREBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_MORE\">Viser fleire formateringsval for tabellar. Klikk ein gong til for å gøyma desse.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3153534.31.help.text +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "Formatering" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3154477.32.help.text +msgid "Select the formatting attributes that you to include in the selected table style." +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3151317.33.help.text +msgid "Number format" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3150970.34.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_NUMFORMAT\">Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_NUMFORMAT\">Ta med nummereringsformat i den valde tabellstilen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3150350.24.help.text +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Skrift" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3152961.25.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_FONT\">Includes font formatting in the selected table style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_FONT\">Ta med skriftformatering i den valde tabellstilen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3154575.20.help.text +msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3154575.20.help.text" +msgid "Alignment" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3155896.21.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ALIGNMENT\">Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ALIGNMENT\">Ta med tekstjustering i den valde tabellstilen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3149690.22.help.text +msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3149690.22.help.text" +msgid "Border" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3154200.23.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_BORDER\">Includes border styles in the selected table style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_BORDER\">Ta med kantlinjestilar i den valde tabellstilen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3159201.26.help.text +msgid "Pattern" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3151325.27.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_PATTERN\">Includes background styles in the selected table style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_PATTERN\">Ta med bakgrunnsstilar i den valde tabellstilen.</ahelp>" + +#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3149302.28.help.text +msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3149302.28.help.text" +msgid "Rename" +msgstr "" + +#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149490.29.help.text +msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_RENAME\">Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename the \"Standard\" table style.</ahelp>" +msgstr "" |